TW201929028A - Electron beam device, illumination optical system, and method for manufacturing device - Google Patents

Electron beam device, illumination optical system, and method for manufacturing device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201929028A
TW201929028A TW107133978A TW107133978A TW201929028A TW 201929028 A TW201929028 A TW 201929028A TW 107133978 A TW107133978 A TW 107133978A TW 107133978 A TW107133978 A TW 107133978A TW 201929028 A TW201929028 A TW 201929028A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
optical system
light
illumination
electron beam
optical axis
Prior art date
Application number
TW107133978A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
西根達郎
Original Assignee
日商尼康股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商尼康股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商尼康股份有限公司
Publication of TW201929028A publication Critical patent/TW201929028A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/027Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides an electron beam device capable of minimizing wasted electrons that do not contribute to the processing of a target. The electron beam device, which irradiates a photoelectric element with light and irradiates the target with an electron beam generated by the photoelectric element, comprises: an illumination optical system that illuminates a first surface; a pattern generator that has a plurality of reflective elements arranged on the first surface and generates a plurality of light beams with the light from the illumination optical system; and a projection optical system for projecting the plurality of light beams from the pattern generator onto the photoelectric conversion surface of the photoelectric element. The illumination optical system includes a focusing optical system for converging a first beam emitted from an illumination pupil in a first direction and a second beam emitted from the illumination pupil in a second direction different from the fist direction, the illumination optical system obliquely illuminating the first surface that is arranged with the normal line tilted relative to the optical axis of the illumination optical system. The focusing optical system includes a focal point tuning member that establishes a focal position in the optical axis direction for the first beam different from a focal position in the optical axis direction for the second beam.

Description

電子束裝置、照明光學系統、以及元件製造方法    Electron beam device, illumination optical system, and element manufacturing method   

本發明係關於一種電子束裝置以及元件製造方法,尤其關於對光電元件照射光,並且將從上述光電元件中產生之電子作為電子束而照射至目標上之電子束裝置、以及使用電子束裝置之元件製造方法。 The present invention relates to an electron beam device and an element manufacturing method, and more particularly, to an electron beam device that irradiates light to a photoelectric element and irradiates electrons generated from the above-mentioned photoelectric element as an electron beam to a target, and an electron beam device using the same. Element manufacturing method.

近年來,提出有將例如使用ArF光源之液浸曝光技術、與帶電離子束曝光技術(例如電子束曝光技術)互補地利用之互補式微影術。互補式微影術中,藉由於例如使用ArF光源之液浸曝光中利用雙重圖案化等,而形成單純之線與空間圖案(以下,適當略記為L/S圖案)。接著,藉由使用電子束之曝光,而進行線圖案之切斷、或者通道之形成。 In recent years, a complementary lithography using a liquid immersion exposure technique using an ArF light source and a complementary ion beam exposure technique (such as an electron beam exposure technique) has been proposed. In the complementary lithography, a simple line and space pattern (hereinafter, referred to as an L / S pattern as appropriate) is formed by using double patterning or the like in liquid immersion exposure using an ArF light source. Then, by using exposure using an electron beam, cutting of a line pattern or formation of a channel is performed.

互補式微影術中,可使用電子束曝光裝置,其具備例如使用複數個遮沒光孔來進行射束之開‧關的多射束光學系統(例如參照專利文獻1)。然而,並不限定於遮沒光孔方式,於電子束曝光裝置之情形時,存在應改善之方面。又,並不限定於曝光裝置,使用電子束而對目標進行之加工或處理、或者進行加工及處理之裝置、或者檢査裝置等亦存在應改善之方面。 In the complementary lithography, an electron beam exposure device can be used, which includes, for example, a multi-beam optical system that performs opening and closing of a beam using a plurality of masking light holes (for example, refer to Patent Document 1). However, the method is not limited to the method of blocking the light holes, and in the case of the electron beam exposure device, there are aspects that should be improved. In addition, it is not limited to an exposure device, and there are also aspects that should be improved in the processing or processing of an object using an electron beam, the processing and processing device, or the inspection device.

現有技術文獻     Prior art literature     專利文獻     Patent literature    

專利文獻1:美國專利公開第2015/0200074號公報 Patent Document 1: U.S. Patent Publication No. 2015/0200074

依據本發明之第1形態,提供一種電子束裝置,其係對光電元件照射光,且將從上述光電元件中產生之電子束照射至目標上者,其具備:照明光學系統,其對第1面進行照明;圖案產生器,其具有配置於上述第1面上之複數個反射元件,且利用來自上述照明光學系統之光而產生複數個光束;以及投影光學系統,其將來自上述圖案產生器之上述複數個光束投影至上述光電元件之光電轉換面上;並且上述照明光學系統包含將從照明光瞳中沿著第1方向射出之第1光束、及從上述照明光瞳中沿著與上述第1方向不同之第2方向射出之第2光束進行聚光的聚光光學系統,對以相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而法線傾斜之方式來配置的上述第1面進行斜入射照明;上述聚光光學系統具有聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同。 According to a first aspect of the present invention, there is provided an electron beam device that irradiates light to a photoelectric element and irradiates an electron beam generated from the photoelectric element to a target, and includes: an illumination optical system that A pattern generator having a plurality of reflective elements arranged on the first surface and generating a plurality of light beams by using light from the illumination optical system; and a projection optical system that will be from the pattern generator The plurality of light beams are projected onto a photoelectric conversion surface of the photoelectric element; and the illumination optical system includes a first light beam emitted from the illumination pupil in a first direction, and the first light beam is emitted from the illumination pupil along the above-mentioned direction. A condensing optical system for condensing a second light beam emitted in a second direction having a different first direction, and obliquely incident illumination on the first surface arranged so that a normal line is inclined with respect to an optical axis of the illumination optical system. The above-mentioned condensing optical system includes a condensing point adjusting member that adjusts a condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam and the optical axis of the second light beam The condensed to different positions.

依據本發明之第2形態,提供一種電子束裝置,其係對光電元件照射光,且將從上述光電元件中產生之電子束照射至目標上者,其具備:照明光學系統,其對第1面進行照明;圖案產生器,其具有配置於上述第1面上之複數個反射元件,且利用來自上述照明光學系統之光而產生複數個光束;以及投影光學系統,其將來自上述圖案產生器之上述複數個光束投影至上述光電元件之光電轉換面上;並且上述照明光學系統包含將到達上述第1面上之第1位置之第1光束、及到達上述第1面上之第2位置之第2光束進行聚光之聚光光學系統,對以相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而法線傾斜之方式來配置的上述第1面進行斜入射照明; 上述聚光光學系統具有聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同。 According to a second aspect of the present invention, there is provided an electron beam device that irradiates light to a photoelectric element and irradiates an electron beam generated from the photoelectric element to a target, and includes an illumination optical system that A pattern generator having a plurality of reflective elements arranged on the first surface and generating a plurality of light beams by using light from the illumination optical system; and a projection optical system that will be from the pattern generator The plurality of light beams are projected onto the photoelectric conversion surface of the photoelectric element; and the illumination optical system includes a first light beam that will reach a first position on the first surface and a second position that will reach a second position on the first surface. A condensing optical system for condensing a second light beam, obliquely incident illumination on the first surface arranged so that a normal line is inclined with respect to an optical axis of the illumination optical system; the condensing optical system has a condensing point The adjusting member is configured such that a light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam is different from a light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the second light beam.

依據本發明之第3形態,提供一種電子束裝置,其係對光電元件照射光,且將從上述光電元件中產生之電子束照射至目標上者;其具備:照明光學系統,其對第1面進行照明;圖案產生器,其具有配置於上述第1面上之複數個反射元件,且利用來自上述照明光學系統之光而產生複數個光束;以及投影光學系統,其將來自上述圖案產生器之上述複數個光束投影至上述光電元件之光電轉換面上;並且上述照明光學系統包含將從照明光瞳中沿著第1方向射出之第1光束、及從上述照明光瞳中沿著與上述第1方向不同之第2方向射出之第2光束進行聚光之聚光光學系統;上述聚光光學系統具有聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同。 According to a third aspect of the present invention, there is provided an electron beam device that irradiates light to a photoelectric element and irradiates an electron beam generated from the photoelectric element to a target; the illumination optical system includes: A pattern generator having a plurality of reflective elements arranged on the first surface and generating a plurality of light beams by using light from the illumination optical system; and a projection optical system that will be from the pattern generator The plurality of light beams are projected onto a photoelectric conversion surface of the photoelectric element; and the illumination optical system includes a first light beam emitted from the illumination pupil in a first direction, and the first light beam is emitted from the illumination pupil along the above-mentioned direction. A condensing optical system for condensing a second light beam emitted in a second direction which is different from the first direction; the light condensing optical system includes a condensing point adjusting member that condenses the light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam, and The second light beam has different light-condensing positions in the optical axis direction.

依據本發明之第4形態,提供一種電子束裝置,其係對光電元件照射光,且將從上述光電元件中產生之電子束照射至目標上者,其具備:照明光學系統,其對第1面進行照明;圖案產生器,其具有配置於上述第1面上之複數個反射元件,且利用來自上述照明光學系統之光而產生複數個光束;以及投影光學系統,其將來自上述圖案產生器之上述複數個光束投影至上述光電元件之光電轉換面上;並且上述照明光學系統對以相對於上述投影光學系統之光軸而法線傾斜之方式來配置的上述第1面進行斜入射照明。 According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, there is provided an electron beam device that irradiates light to a photoelectric element and irradiates an electron beam generated from the photoelectric element to a target, and includes an illumination optical system that A pattern generator having a plurality of reflective elements arranged on the first surface and generating a plurality of light beams by using light from the illumination optical system; and a projection optical system that will be from the pattern generator The plurality of light beams are projected onto a photoelectric conversion surface of the photoelectric element; and the illumination optical system performs oblique incident illumination on the first surface arranged so that a normal line is inclined with respect to an optical axis of the projection optical system.

依據本發明之第5形態,提供一種照明光學系統,其係利用來自 光源之光對被照射面進行照明者,其包含聚光光學系統,其將從照明光瞳中沿著第1方向射出之第1光束、及從上述照明光瞳中沿著與上述第1方向不同之第2方向射出之第2光束,分別聚光於以相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而法線傾斜之方式來配置的上述被照射面上之第1位置及第2位置上;並且上述聚光光學系統具備聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同。 According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, there is provided an illumination optical system for illuminating an illuminated surface with light from a light source. The illumination optical system includes a condensing optical system that emits light from an illumination pupil in a first direction. The first light beam and the second light beam emitted from the illumination pupil in a second direction different from the first direction are condensed in such a manner that the normal is inclined with respect to the optical axis of the illumination optical system. The first and second positions of the irradiated surface are arranged; and the condensing optical system includes a condensing point adjustment member that adjusts a condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam and the second light beam The light condensing positions in the optical axis directions are different.

依據本發明之第6形態,提供一種照明光學系統,其係利用來自光源之光對被照射面進行照明者,其包含聚光光學系統,其將從照明光瞳中射出而到達以相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而法線傾斜之方式來配置的上述被照射面上之第1位置的第1光束、及從上述照明光瞳中射出而到達上述被照射面上之第2位置的第2光束進行聚光;並且上述聚光光學系統具備聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同。 According to a sixth aspect of the present invention, there is provided an illumination optical system for illuminating an illuminated surface by using light from a light source. The illumination optical system includes a condensing optical system, which is emitted from the illumination pupil to reach a position relative to the above. The first light beam at the first position on the illuminated surface, which is arranged with the optical axis of the illumination optical system tilted to the normal, and the second light beam that is emitted from the illumination pupil and reaches the second position on the illuminated surface. Two light beams are condensed; and the condensing optical system includes a condensing point adjustment member that makes a light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam different from a light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the second light beam.

依據本發明之第7形態,提供一種照明光學系統,其係利用來自光源之光對被照射面進行照明者,其包含聚光光學系統,其將從照明光瞳中沿著第1方向射出之第1光束、及從上述照明光瞳中沿著與上述第1方向不同之第2方向射出之第2光束,分別聚光於上述被照射面上之第1位置以及第2位置上;並且上述聚光光學系統具備聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同。 According to a seventh aspect of the present invention, there is provided an illumination optical system for illuminating an illuminated surface with light from a light source. The illumination optical system includes a condensing optical system that emits light from an illumination pupil in a first direction. The first light beam and the second light beam emitted from the illumination pupil in a second direction different from the first direction are respectively focused on the first position and the second position on the illuminated surface; and The condensing optical system includes a condensing point adjustment member that makes a light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam different from a light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the second light beam.

依據本發明之第8形態,提供一種照明光學系統,其係利用來自光源之光對被照射面進行照明者,其包含 聚光光學系統,其將從照明光瞳中射出而到達上述被照射面上之第1位置的第1光束、及從上述照明光瞳中射出而到達上述被照射面上之第2位置的第2光束進行聚光;並且上述聚光光學系統具備聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同。 According to an eighth aspect of the present invention, there is provided an illumination optical system for illuminating an irradiated surface with light from a light source. The illuminating optical system includes a condensing optical system that emits from an illumination pupil to reach the irradiated surface. The first light beam at the first position above and the second light beam emitted from the illumination pupil and reaching the second position at the irradiated surface are condensed; and the condensing optical system includes a condensing point adjustment member, This makes the light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam different from the light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the second light beam.

依據本發明之第9形態,提供一種照明光學系統,其係利用來自光源之光對被照射面進行照明者,其具備:光學積分器,其具有並列配置於來自上述光源之光之光路中之複數個波前分割要素,且將於第1方向上細長之複數個光源像形成於照明光瞳上;以及聚光光學系統,其將來自上述複數個光源像之光束聚光於上述被照射面上;並且藉由於上述被照射面中與上述第1方向正交之第2方向上形成干涉條紋,而將於上述第1方向上細長之矩形狀之照野,於上述第2方向上隔開間隔而形成複數個。 According to a ninth aspect of the present invention, there is provided an illumination optical system for illuminating an irradiated surface with light from a light source. The illumination optical system includes an optical integrator having a light source arranged in parallel in a light path of the light from the light source. A plurality of wavefront segmentation elements, and a plurality of light source images elongated in the first direction are formed on the illumination pupil; and a condensing optical system that focuses light beams from the plurality of light source images on the illuminated surface And because interference fringes are formed in the second direction orthogonal to the first direction in the illuminated surface, the rectangular rectangular field in the first direction is spaced in the second direction. Spaced to form a plurality.

依據本發明之第10形態,提供一種電子束裝置,其具備:第5形態、第6形態、第7形態、第8形態、或第9形態之照明光學系統;圖案產生器,具有具有可各別控制之複數個反射元件;以及投影光學系統,其將配置有上述複數個反射元件之受光面與光電元件之光電轉換面光學性地共軛配置;並且藉由上述照明光學系統而對配置於上述被照射面上之上述受光面進行斜入射照明,經由上述投影光學系統而將來自上述受光面之光照射至上述光電元件上,將從上述光電元件中產生之電子束照射至目標上。 According to a tenth aspect of the present invention, there is provided an electron beam device including: an illumination optical system of a fifth aspect, a sixth aspect, a seventh aspect, an eighth aspect, or a ninth aspect; a pattern generator having a A plurality of reflective elements controlled separately; and a projection optical system, which optically conjugately arranges a light receiving surface on which the plurality of reflective elements are arranged and a photoelectric conversion surface of a photoelectric element; and The light-receiving surface on the illuminated surface is subjected to oblique incidence illumination, and the light from the light-receiving surface is irradiated onto the photoelectric element via the projection optical system, and an electron beam generated from the photoelectric element is irradiated onto a target.

依據本發明之第11形態,提供一種元件製造方法,其係包含微影步驟者;其包括: 上述微影步驟於目標上形成線與空間圖案;以及使用第1形態、第2形態、第3形態、第4形態、或者第10形態之電子束裝置,將構成上述線與空間圖案之線圖案切斷。 According to an eleventh aspect of the present invention, there is provided a device manufacturing method including a lithography step; the method includes: forming a line and space pattern on a target by the lithography step; and using the first aspect, the second aspect, and the third aspect. The electron beam device of the fourth aspect, or the tenth aspect, cuts a line pattern constituting the line and the space pattern.

10‧‧‧平台腔室 10‧‧‧Platform chamber

34‧‧‧第1真空室 34‧‧‧The first vacuum chamber

50‧‧‧光電膠囊 50‧‧‧photoelectric capsule

52‧‧‧本體部 52‧‧‧Body

54‧‧‧光電元件 54‧‧‧Photoelectric element

54a‧‧‧光電轉換面 54a‧‧‧Photoelectric conversion surface

58‧‧‧遮光膜 58‧‧‧Light-shielding film

58a‧‧‧光孔 58a‧‧‧light hole

58b‧‧‧光孔 58b‧‧‧light hole

60‧‧‧光電層 60‧‧‧Photoelectric layer

62‧‧‧O形環 62‧‧‧O-ring

64‧‧‧蓋構件 64‧‧‧ cover member

66‧‧‧真空對應致動器 66‧‧‧Vacuum corresponding actuator

68‧‧‧蓋收納板 68‧‧‧ cover storage board

68c‧‧‧圓形開口 68c‧‧‧round opening

70‧‧‧電子束光學系統 70‧‧‧ electron beam optical system

72‧‧‧第2真空室 72‧‧‧ 2nd vacuum chamber

82‧‧‧照明系統 82‧‧‧lighting system

82b‧‧‧成形光學系統 82b‧‧‧forming optical system

84‧‧‧圖案產生器 84‧‧‧Pattern generator

84d‧‧‧受光面 84d‧‧‧ light receiving surface

86‧‧‧投影光學系統 86‧‧‧ projection optical system

86A~86D‧‧‧投影光學系統 86A ~ 86D‧‧‧Projection optical system

88‧‧‧雷射二極體 88‧‧‧laser diode

98‧‧‧鏡 98‧‧‧Mirror

100‧‧‧曝光裝置 100‧‧‧ exposure device

102‧‧‧電路基板 102‧‧‧circuit board

102a‧‧‧開口 102a‧‧‧ opening

110‧‧‧主控制裝置 110‧‧‧Main control device

112‧‧‧引出電極 112‧‧‧ lead-out electrode

134‧‧‧基材 134‧‧‧ substrate

136‧‧‧光電元件 136‧‧‧Photoelectric element

140‧‧‧光電元件 140‧‧‧Photoelectric element

142‧‧‧光孔構件 142‧‧‧light hole component

144‧‧‧基材 144‧‧‧ substrate

182A、182B‧‧‧照明光學系統 182A, 182B‧‧‧ Illumination Optical System

182a‧‧‧準直器光學系統 182a‧‧‧Collimator Optical System

182b‧‧‧光學積分器 182b‧‧‧Optical Integrator

182ba‧‧‧波前分割要素 182ba‧‧‧wavefront segmentation elements

182c‧‧‧傅立葉轉換光學系統 182c‧‧‧Fourier transform optical system

182d‧‧‧繞射光學元件 182d‧‧‧diffractive optical element

182e、182f‧‧‧楔形稜鏡 182e, 182f‧‧‧ wedge-shaped 稜鏡

182g‧‧‧段差板 182g

182h(182ha、182hb)‧‧‧第1像差修正構件 182h (182ha, 182hb) ‧‧‧ 1st aberration correction member

182j‧‧‧聚光光學系統 182j‧‧‧ Condensing Optical System

182k‧‧‧第2像差修正構件 182k‧‧‧Second aberration correction member

AS‧‧‧孔徑光闌 AS‧‧‧ aperture diaphragm

AXi‧‧‧光軸 AXi‧‧‧Optical axis

AXo‧‧‧光軸 AXo‧‧‧Optical axis

EB‧‧‧電子束 EB‧‧‧ Electron Beam

LB‧‧‧雷射束 LB‧‧‧laser beam

W‧‧‧晶圓 W‧‧‧ Wafer

WST‧‧‧晶圓平台 WST‧‧‧Wafer Platform

圖1係概略性表示第1實施方式之曝光裝置之構成的圖。 FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of an exposure apparatus according to a first embodiment.

圖2係表示圖1之電子束光學單元之剖面的立體圖。 FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a cross section of the electron beam optical unit of FIG. 1. FIG.

圖3係表示電子束光學單元之縱剖面。 Fig. 3 shows a longitudinal section of the electron beam optical unit.

圖4(A)~(C)係用以對光電膠囊之構成以及光電膠囊廠商之工廠內之蓋構件對本體部之安裝之次序進行說明之圖(其1~其3)。 Figures 4 (A) ~ (C) are diagrams (1 to 3) for explaining the structure of the photovoltaic capsule and the order of mounting of the cover member to the body part in the photovoltaic capsule manufacturer's factory.

圖5係用以對電子束光學單元之組裝次序之一部分進行說明之圖(其1)。 FIG. 5 is a diagram (part 1) for explaining a part of the assembling procedure of the electron beam optical unit.

圖6係用以對電子束光學單元之組裝次序之一部分進行說明之圖(其2)。 FIG. 6 is a diagram (part 2) for explaining a part of the assembling procedure of the electron beam optical unit.

圖7係用以對電子束光學單元之組裝次序之一部分進行說明之圖(其3)。 Fig. 7 is a diagram (part 3) for explaining a part of the assembling sequence of the electron beam optical unit.

圖8(A)係表示設置於光電膠囊中之光電元件的省略一部分之縱剖面圖,圖8(B)係表示光電元件的省略一部分之俯視圖。 FIG. 8 (A) is a longitudinal sectional view showing an omitted part of the photovoltaic element provided in the photovoltaic capsule, and FIG. 8 (B) is a plan view showing an omitted part of the photovoltaic element.

圖9係表示蓋收納板的省略一部分之俯視圖。 FIG. 9 is a plan view showing an omitted part of the lid storage plate.

圖10係將光學單元內之複數個圖案投射裝置與電子束光學單元一併示出之圖。 FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a plurality of pattern projection devices in an optical unit together with an electron beam optical unit.

圖11(A)係表示從+X方向看之光照射裝置之構成的圖,圖11(B)係表示從-Y方向看之光照射裝置之構成的圖。 FIG. 11 (A) is a diagram showing the structure of a light irradiation device viewed from the + X direction, and FIG. 11 (B) is a diagram showing the structure of a light irradiation device viewed from the -Y direction.

圖12(A)係表示光繞射型光閥之立體圖,圖12(B)係表示光繞射型光閥之側視圖。 FIG. 12 (A) is a perspective view showing a light diffraction type light valve, and FIG. 12 (B) is a side view showing the light diffraction type light valve.

圖13係表示圖案產生器之俯視圖。 Fig. 13 is a plan view showing a pattern generator.

圖14(A)係表示從+X方向看之電子束光學系統之構成的圖,圖14(B)係表示從-Y方向看之電子束光學系統之構成的圖。 FIG. 14 (A) is a diagram showing the configuration of the electron beam optical system viewed from the + X direction, and FIG. 14 (B) is a diagram showing the configuration of the electron beam optical system viewed from the -Y direction.

圖15(A)~圖15(C)係用以對藉由第1靜電透鏡之關於X軸方向及Y軸方向之縮小倍率之修正進行說明之圖。 15 (A) to 15 (C) are diagrams for explaining the correction of the reduction magnifications in the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction by the first electrostatic lens.

圖16係表示以懸掛於底板上之狀態來支持之45個電子束光學系統之外觀的立體圖。 FIG. 16 is a perspective view showing the appearance of the 45 electron beam optical systems supported in a state of being suspended from a bottom plate.

圖17係表示圖案產生器之受光面上之雷射束之照射區域、光電元件之面上之雷射束之照射區域、及像面(晶圓面)上之電子束之照射區域(曝光區域)之對應關係的圖。 FIG. 17 shows the irradiation area of the laser beam on the light receiving surface of the pattern generator, the irradiation area of the laser beam on the photoelectric element surface, and the irradiation area of the electron beam (exposure area on the image surface (wafer surface)) ).

圖18係表示主要構成曝光裝置之控制系統的主控制裝置之輸入輸出關係之方塊圖。 FIG. 18 is a block diagram showing an input-output relationship of a main control device mainly constituting a control system of an exposure device.

圖19係用以對與正方形場相比而言之矩形場之優點進行說明之圖。 FIG. 19 is a diagram for explaining the advantages of a rectangular field compared to a square field.

圖20(A)及圖20(B)係用以對因由光學系統引起之模糊及抗蝕劑模糊而產生之切割圖案之形狀變化(4角之圓角化)之修正進行說明之圖。 FIGS. 20 (A) and 20 (B) are diagrams for explaining correction of a shape change (rounding of four corners) of a cutting pattern due to blurring caused by an optical system and blurring of a resist.

圖21(A)及圖21(B)係用以對複數個電子束光學系統中共通之畸變之修正進行說明之圖。 21 (A) and 21 (B) are diagrams for explaining correction of distortion common to a plurality of electron beam optical systems.

圖22係表示具有備用之條帶行之圖案產生器之一例的俯視圖。 Fig. 22 is a plan view showing an example of a pattern generator having a spare strip line.

圖23(A)及圖23(B)係用以對修正用之條帶行進行說明之圖。 FIG. 23 (A) and FIG. 23 (B) are diagrams for explaining a strip line for correction.

圖24(A)~圖24(D)係表示光學圖案形成單元之各種類型之構成例的圖。 24 (A) to 24 (D) are diagrams showing configuration examples of various types of optical pattern forming units.

圖25(A)係表示不使用光孔之方式之說明圖,圖25(B)係表示使用光孔之方式之說明圖。 FIG. 25 (A) is an explanatory diagram showing a method in which a light hole is not used, and FIG. 25 (B) is an explanatory diagram showing a method in which a light hole is used.

圖26係概略性表示第2實施方式之曝光裝置之構成的圖。 FIG. 26 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of an exposure apparatus according to a second embodiment.

圖27係表示與第2實施方式之曝光裝置之1個電子束光學系統對應的筐體之 內部之構成的圖。 Fig. 27 is a diagram showing the internal configuration of a casing corresponding to one electron beam optical system of the exposure apparatus of the second embodiment.

圖28(A)~圖28(E)係表示光孔一體型光電元件之各種構成例的圖。 28 (A) to 28 (E) are diagrams showing various configuration examples of an optical-hole-integrated photovoltaic element.

圖29係用以對將電子束光學系統所具有之作為像差之像面彎曲進行補償之方法加以說明之圖。 FIG. 29 is a diagram for explaining a method of compensating the curvature of field of an aberration that the electron beam optical system has.

圖30係表示每隔1行形成有間距不同之光孔行的多間距型之光孔一體型光電元件之一例的圖。 FIG. 30 is a diagram showing an example of a multi-pitch light-hole-integrated photoelectric element in which light-hole rows having different pitches are formed every other row.

圖31(A)~圖31(C)係表示使用圖30之光孔一體型光電元件而形成間距不同之線圖案之切斷用之切割圖案之次序的圖。 FIGS. 31 (A) to 31 (C) are diagrams showing the order of cutting patterns for cutting using a light hole-integrated photovoltaic element of FIG. 30 to form line patterns with different pitches.

圖32(A)係用以對光孔不同體型光電元件之構成之一例進行說明之圖,圖32(B)~圖32(E)係表示光孔板之各種構成例之圖。 FIG. 32 (A) is a diagram for explaining an example of the configuration of a photocell with different body shapes, and FIGS. 32 (B) to 32 (E) are diagrams showing various configuration examples of a light aperture plate.

圖33係概略性表示依據第1類型之構成的投影光學系統之構成的圖。 FIG. 33 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of a projection optical system according to a first type configuration.

圖34係概略性表示依據第2類型之構成的投影光學系統之構成的圖。 FIG. 34 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of a projection optical system based on a second type of configuration.

圖35係對第1及第2類型之構成中產生彗形像差之情形進行說明之圖。 FIG. 35 is a diagram explaining a case where coma aberration occurs in the first and second types of configurations.

圖36係對第1及第2類型之構成中修正彗形像差之第1方法進行說明之圖。 FIG. 36 is a diagram illustrating a first method of correcting coma aberration in the first and second types of configurations.

圖37係對第1及第2類型之構成中修正彗形像差之第2方法進行說明之圖。 FIG. 37 is a diagram illustrating a second method of correcting coma aberration in the first and second types of configurations.

圖38係概略性表示依據第3類型之構成的投影光學系統之構成的圖。 FIG. 38 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of a projection optical system based on a third type of configuration.

圖39係概略性表示依據第4類型之構成的投影光學系統之構成的圖。 FIG. 39 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of a projection optical system based on a fourth type of configuration.

圖40係概略性表示使用波前分割型光學積分器之照明光學系統之基本構成的圖。 FIG. 40 is a diagram schematically showing a basic configuration of an illumination optical system using a wavefront division type optical integrator.

圖41係概略性表示藉由圖40之照明光學系統而形成於被照射面上之照度分佈的圖。 FIG. 41 is a diagram schematically showing an illuminance distribution formed on an illuminated surface by the illumination optical system of FIG. 40.

圖42係概略性表示使用繞射光學元件之照明光學系統之基本構成的圖。 Fig. 42 is a diagram schematically showing a basic configuration of an illumination optical system using a diffractive optical element.

圖43係對在圖40所示之照明光學系統中,被照射面與光軸不垂直之情形時所產生之不良進行說明之圖。 FIG. 43 is a diagram for explaining defects that occur when the illuminated surface is not perpendicular to the optical axis in the illumination optical system shown in FIG. 40.

圖44係概略性表示在圖40所示之照明光學系統中使用楔形稜鏡來作為聚光點調整構件之構成例的圖。 FIG. 44 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration example of using a wedge-shaped cymbal as a focusing point adjusting member in the illumination optical system shown in FIG. 40.

圖45(a)及(b)係對直角三角形狀之楔形稜鏡之作用進行說明之圖。 45 (a) and 45 (b) are diagrams explaining the operation of a right-angled triangular wedge-shaped ridge.

圖46係概略性表示使用段差板來作為聚光點調整構件之構成例的圖。 FIG. 46 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration example of using a step plate as a focusing point adjusting member.

圖47係概略性表示使用經偏心配置之傅立葉轉換光學系統來作為聚光點調整構件之構成例的圖。 FIG. 47 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration example of a focusing point adjusting member using a eccentrically-arranged Fourier conversion optical system.

圖48係對將由於楔形稜鏡而產生之像差加以修正之第1像差修正構件進行說明的圖。 FIG. 48 is a diagram illustrating a first aberration correction member that corrects aberrations caused by a wedge-shaped ridge.

圖49係對將由於楔形稜鏡而產生之像差加以修正之第2像差修正構件進行說明的圖。 FIG. 49 is a diagram explaining a second aberration correction member that corrects aberrations caused by the wedge-shaped ridge.

圖50係概略性表示依據V字彎折類型而將第1~第3類型之投影光學系統與照明光學系統連接之狀態的圖。 FIG. 50 is a diagram schematically showing a state where the projection optical systems of the first to third types are connected to the illumination optical system according to the V-bend type.

圖51係概略性表示依據V字彎折類型而將第4類型之投影光學系統與照明光學系統連接之狀態的圖。 FIG. 51 is a diagram schematically showing a state where a projection optical system of a fourth type is connected to an illumination optical system according to a V-bend type.

圖52係概略性表示依據N字彎折類型而將第1~第3類型之投影光學系統與照明光學系統連接之狀態的圖。 FIG. 52 is a diagram schematically showing a state where the projection optical systems of the first to third types are connected to the illumination optical system according to the N-bend type.

圖53係概略性表示依據N字彎折類型而將第4類型之投影光學系統與照明光學系統連接之狀態的圖。 FIG. 53 is a diagram schematically showing a state where the projection optical system of the fourth type and the illumination optical system are connected according to the N-bend type.

《第1實施方式》 << First Embodiment >>

以下,基於圖1~圖25,對第1實施方式進行說明。圖1中概率性表示第1實施方式之曝光裝置100之構成。曝光裝置100由於如後所述具備複數個電子束光學系統,故而以下,與電子束光學系統之光軸平行地取Z軸,在與Z軸垂直之平 面內,將於後述之曝光時晶圓W移動之掃描方向設為Y軸方向,將與Z軸及Y軸正交之方向設為X軸方向,將圍繞X軸、Y軸及Z軸之旋轉(傾斜)方向分別設為θx、θy及θz方向,來進行說明。 Hereinafter, a first embodiment will be described based on FIGS. 1 to 25. FIG. 1 shows the configuration of the exposure apparatus 100 according to the first embodiment with probability. Since the exposure apparatus 100 includes a plurality of electron beam optical systems as described later, the following is to take the Z axis parallel to the optical axis of the electron beam optical system, and in a plane perpendicular to the Z axis, the wafer will be exposed at a later-described exposure time. The scanning direction of W movement is set to the Y-axis direction, the direction orthogonal to the Z-axis and the Y-axis is set to the X-axis direction, and the rotation (tilt) directions around the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis are set to θx and θy, respectively. And the θz direction.

曝光裝置100具備:平台腔室10,其設置於無塵室之底面F上;平台系統14,其配置於平台腔室10之內部之曝光室12內;以及光學系統18,其於底面F上支持於框架16上,且配置於平台系統14之上方。 The exposure device 100 includes: a platform chamber 10 provided on the bottom surface F of the clean room; a platform system 14 arranged in the exposure chamber 12 inside the platform chamber 10; and an optical system 18 on the bottom surface F Supported on the frame 16 and disposed above the platform system 14.

平台腔室10雖於圖1中省略X軸方向之兩端部之圖示,但係可將其內部抽成真空之真空腔室。平台腔室10具備:底壁10a,其配置於底面F上且與XY平面平行;上述框架16,其兼為平台腔室10之上壁(頂棚壁);以及周壁10b(圖1中僅圖示出其中之+Y側部分之一部分),其不僅包圍底壁10a之周圍,並且從下方水平地支持框架16。框架16及底壁10a均由俯視矩形之板構件所形成,且於框架16上,於其中央部之近旁形成有俯視圓形之開口16a。光學系統18之外觀為帶台階之圓柱狀之電子束光學單元18A的筐體19之直徑較小之第2部分19b從上方插入開口16a內,且筐體19之直徑較大之第1部分19a從下方支持於該開口16a之周圍之框架16之上表面。圖示雖省略,但開口16a之內周面、與筐體19之第2部分19b之間係由密封構件所密封。於平台腔室10之底壁10a上配置有平台系統14。 Although the illustration of the platform chamber 10 at both ends in the X-axis direction is omitted in FIG. 1, it is a vacuum chamber capable of evacuating the inside of the platform chamber 10. The platform chamber 10 is provided with a bottom wall 10a disposed on the bottom surface F and parallel to the XY plane; the frame 16 also serves as an upper wall (ceiling wall) of the platform chamber 10; and a peripheral wall 10b (only shown in FIG. 1) One of the + Y side portions is shown), which not only surrounds the periphery of the bottom wall 10a, but also supports the frame 16 horizontally from below. Both the frame 16 and the bottom wall 10a are formed by a rectangular plate member in plan view, and a circular opening 16a is formed on the frame 16 near the center portion thereof. The appearance of the optical system 18 is a cylindrical 19-shaped electron beam optical unit 18A with a stepped second portion 19b having a smaller diameter and inserted into the opening 16a from above, and the first portion 19a having a larger diameter of the casing 19 The upper surface of the frame 16 supported around the opening 16a from below. Although not shown, the inner peripheral surface of the opening 16 a and the second portion 19 b of the housing 19 are sealed by a sealing member. A platform system 14 is disposed on the bottom wall 10 a of the platform chamber 10.

平台系統14具備:平板22,其經由複數個防振構件20而支持於底壁10a上;晶圓平台WST,其於平板22上支持於重量取消裝置24上,可於X軸方向及Y軸方向上分別移動既定之衝程,例如50mm,並且可於其餘之4個自由度方向(Z軸、θx、θy及θz方向)上微動;平台驅動系統26(圖1中僅圖示出其中之一部分,參照圖18),其驅動晶圓平台WST;以及位置測量系統28(圖1中未圖示,參照圖18),其測量晶圓平台WST之6個自由度方向之位置資訊。晶圓平台WST經由設置於其上表面之未圖示之靜電吸盤而吸附、保持晶圓W。 The platform system 14 includes a flat plate 22 supported on the bottom wall 10a via a plurality of vibration-proof members 20, and a wafer platform WST supported on the flat plate 22 on the weight canceling device 24, and can be used in the X-axis direction and the Y-axis. Move a predetermined stroke in the direction, for example, 50mm, and can move in the remaining 4 degrees of freedom directions (Z-axis, θx, θy, and θz directions); platform drive system 26 (only one of which is shown in FIG. 1) (Refer to FIG. 18), which drives the wafer platform WST; and a position measurement system 28 (not shown in FIG. 1, refer to FIG. 18), which measures the position information in six directions of freedom of the wafer platform WST. The wafer stage WST sucks and holds the wafer W through an electrostatic chuck (not shown) provided on the upper surface thereof.

晶圓平台WST如圖1所示,包含XZ剖面矩形框狀之構件,於其內部(中空部)之底面上一體地固定有具有YZ剖面矩形框狀之磁軌及磁石(未圖示)之馬達30之動子30a,於該動子30a之內部(中空部)插入有由在Y軸方向上延伸之線圈單元所形成的馬達30之定子30b。定子30b之長邊方向之兩端係與在平板22上於X軸方向移動之未圖示之X平台連接。X平台係利用藉由不產生磁通洩漏之單軸驅動機構,例如使用滾珠螺桿之進給螺桿機構而構成之X平台驅動系統32(參照圖18),與晶圓平台WST一體地於X軸方向上以既定衝程來驅動。此外,亦可藉由具備超音波馬達作為驅動源之單軸驅動機構來構成X平台驅動系統32。無論如何,由磁通洩漏引起之磁場變動對電子束之定位帶來之影響係可忽略之水準。 As shown in FIG. 1, the wafer platform WST includes a rectangular frame-shaped member having an XZ cross section, and a magnetic track having a rectangular frame shape of a YZ cross section and magnets (not shown) are integrally fixed on the bottom surface of the inside (hollow portion). In the mover 30a of the motor 30, a stator 30b of the motor 30 formed by a coil unit extending in the Y-axis direction is inserted into the mover 30a (hollow portion). Both ends of the stator 30b in the longitudinal direction are connected to an X-platform (not shown) that moves on the flat plate 22 in the X-axis direction. The X stage uses an X-axis drive system 32 (see FIG. 18) constituted by a single-axis drive mechanism that does not generate magnetic flux leakage, such as a ball screw feed screw mechanism, and is integrated on the X-axis with the wafer stage WST. Driven in a predetermined stroke in the direction. In addition, the X-stage drive system 32 may be configured by a single-axis drive mechanism including an ultrasonic motor as a drive source. In any case, the influence of the magnetic field variation caused by the magnetic flux leakage on the positioning of the electron beam is a negligible level.

馬達30為閉合磁場型且動磁型之馬達,其可使動子30a相對於定子30b而於Y軸方向上移動既定衝程,例如50mm,且可於X軸方向、Z軸方向、θx方向、θy方向及θz方向上微小驅動。本實施方式中,由馬達30來構成將晶圓平台WST於6個自由度方向上驅動之晶圓平台驅動系統。以下,使用與馬達30相同之符號,將晶圓平台驅動系統表述為晶圓平台驅動系統30。 The motor 30 is a closed magnetic field type and a moving magnetic type motor, which can move the mover 30a with a predetermined stroke in the Y-axis direction relative to the stator 30b, for example, 50 mm, and can move in the X-axis direction, Z-axis direction, θx direction, Micro drive in θy and θz directions. In this embodiment, a wafer stage driving system that drives the wafer stage WST in six directions of freedom is constituted by the motor 30. Hereinafter, the wafer platform driving system is referred to as the wafer platform driving system 30 using the same symbol as the motor 30.

藉由X平台驅動系統32及晶圓平台驅動系統30而構成上述平台驅動系統26,其將晶圓平台WST於X軸方向及Y軸方向上分別以既定之衝程、例如50mm來驅動,並且於其餘之4個自由度方向(Z軸、θx、θy及θz方向)上微小驅動。X平台驅動系統32及晶圓平台驅動系統30係由主控制裝置110所控制(參照圖18)。 The above-mentioned platform driving system 26 is constituted by the X platform driving system 32 and the wafer platform driving system 30, which drives the wafer platform WST in the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction with a predetermined stroke, for example, 50 mm, and Minimal drive in the remaining 4 degrees of freedom directions (Z-axis, θx, θy, and θz directions). The X platform driving system 32 and the wafer platform driving system 30 are controlled by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 18).

於覆蓋馬達30之上表面及X軸方向之兩側面之狀態下,XZ剖面倒U字狀之磁屏蔽構件(未圖示)架設於一對凸部間,該一對凸部設置於未圖示之X平台之X軸方向之兩端部。該磁屏蔽構件係以不妨礙動子30a之相對於定子30b之移動之狀態,插入至晶圓平台WST之中空部內。磁屏蔽構件係遍及動 子30a之移動衝程之全長而覆蓋馬達30之上表面及側面,且固定於X平台上,因此於晶圓平台WST及X平台之移動範圍之全域中,可大致確實地防止磁通向上方(後述電子束光學系統側)之洩漏。 In a state of covering the upper surface of the motor 30 and both sides in the X-axis direction, an inverted U-shaped magnetic shielding member (not shown) in the XZ cross section is set between a pair of convex portions, and the pair of convex portions are provided in an unillustrated position. Both ends of the X platform shown in the X-axis direction are shown. This magnetic shielding member is inserted into the hollow portion of the wafer stage WST in a state that the movement of the mover 30a relative to the stator 30b is not hindered. The magnetic shielding member covers the entire length of the moving stroke of the mover 30a, covers the upper surface and sides of the motor 30, and is fixed on the X platform. Therefore, the entire range of the movement range of the wafer platform WST and the X platform can be roughly and reliably The magnetic flux is prevented from leaking upward (to be described later on the electron beam optical system side).

重量取消裝置24具有:金屬製之波紋管型空氣彈簧(以下,略記為空氣彈簧)24a,其上端與晶圓平台WST下表面連接;以及基礎滑塊24b,其由與空氣彈簧24a之下端連接之平板狀之板構件所形成。於基礎滑塊24b上,設置有將空氣彈簧24a內部之空氣噴出至平板22之上表面的軸承部(未圖示),藉由從軸承部中噴出之加壓空氣之軸承面與平板22上表面之間之靜壓(間隙內壓力),來支持重量取消裝置24、晶圓平台WST(包含動子30a)以及晶圓W之自重。此外,於空氣彈簧24a中,經由與晶圓平台WST連接之未圖示之配管而供給壓縮空氣。基礎滑塊24b經由一種差動抽氣型之空氣靜壓軸承而以不接觸之方式支持於平板22上,防止從軸承部向平板22噴出之空氣向周圍(曝光室內)漏出。此外,實際上,於晶圓平台WST之底面,設置有於Y軸方向上夾持空氣彈簧24a之一對立柱,設置於立柱之下端的板彈簧與空氣彈簧24a連接。 The weight canceling device 24 includes a metal bellows-type air spring (hereinafter abbreviated as an air spring) 24a whose upper end is connected to the lower surface of the wafer platform WST, and a base slider 24b which is connected to the lower end of the air spring 24a. It is formed by a plate-like plate member. The base slider 24b is provided with a bearing portion (not shown) that ejects the air inside the air spring 24a to the upper surface of the flat plate 22, and the bearing surface of the pressurized air ejected from the bearing portion and the flat plate 22 The static pressure (pressure in the gap) between the surfaces supports the weight of the weight cancellation device 24, the wafer platform WST (including the mover 30a), and the wafer W. In addition, compressed air is supplied to the air spring 24a via a pipe (not shown) connected to the wafer stage WST. The base slider 24b is supported on the flat plate 22 in a non-contact manner through a differential air-pumping type air static bearing to prevent air ejected from the bearing portion toward the flat plate 22 from leaking to the surroundings (exposure chamber). In addition, actually, on the bottom surface of the wafer platform WST, a pair of pillars sandwiching the air spring 24a in the Y-axis direction is provided, and a leaf spring provided at the lower end of the pillar is connected to the air spring 24a.

光學系統18如上所述,具備:電子束光學單元18A,其保持於框架16上;以及光學單元18B,其搭載於電子束光學單元18A上。 As described above, the optical system 18 includes the electron beam optical unit 18A held on the frame 16 and the optical unit 18B mounted on the electron beam optical unit 18A.

圖2中,電子束光學單元18A之剖面係以立體圖來表示。又,圖3中示出電子束光學單元18A之縱剖面圖。如該等圖所示,電子束光學單元18A具備筐體19,其具有上側之第1部分19a及下側之第2部分19b。 In FIG. 2, the cross section of the electron beam optical unit 18A is shown in a perspective view. 3 is a longitudinal sectional view of the electron beam optical unit 18A. As shown in these figures, the electron beam optical unit 18A includes a housing 19 having a first portion 19a on the upper side and a second portion 19b on the lower side.

筐體19之第1部分19a如圖2所明示,其外觀為高度低之圓柱狀。於第1部分19a之內部,如例如圖1及圖3所示,形成有第1真空室34。第1真空室34如圖1等所示,係由以下構件等來劃分:第1板36,其由構成上壁(頂棚壁)之俯視圓形之板構件所形成;第2板(以下稱為底板)38,其包含與第1板36相 同直徑之板構件且構成底壁;以及圓筒狀之側壁部40,其包圍第1板36及底板38之周圍。 As shown in FIG. 2, the first portion 19 a of the casing 19 is cylindrical with a low height. A first vacuum chamber 34 is formed inside the first portion 19a, as shown in, for example, FIGS. 1 and 3. As shown in FIG. 1 and the like, the first vacuum chamber 34 is divided by the following members: the first plate 36 is formed by a circular plate member constituting an upper wall (the ceiling wall) in a plan view; the second plate (hereinafter referred to as It is a bottom plate) 38 which includes a plate member having the same diameter as the first plate 36 and constitutes a bottom wall; and a cylindrical side wall portion 40 which surrounds the periphery of the first plate 36 and the bottom plate 38.

於第1板36上,如圖3等所示,俯視圓形之上下方向之貫通孔36a於XY二維方向上以既定間隔形成有複數個,此處作為一例,以7行7列之矩陣之除4角以外之配置而形成有45(=7×7-4)個。該等45個貫通孔36a中,如圖3所示,以大致無間隙之狀態從上方插入以下所說明之光電膠囊之本體部52。 On the first plate 36, as shown in FIG. 3 and the like, a plurality of through holes 36a in a circular upward and downward direction are formed at predetermined intervals in the XY two-dimensional direction. Here, as an example, a matrix of 7 rows and 7 columns is used. There are 45 (= 7 × 7-4) pieces in the arrangement other than the four corners. As shown in FIG. 3, the 45 through-holes 36a are inserted into the body portion 52 of the photoelectric capsule described below from above with substantially no gap.

光電膠囊50如圖4(A)、圖5所示,具備:本體部52,其係於一端面(圖4(A)中之下端面)側形成有開口52c且於內部具有中空部52b之圓柱狀,於另一端(圖4(A)中之上端)設置有凸緣部52a;以及蓋構件64,其可將開口52c閉合。中空部52b係從本體部52之下端面起以既定深度形成圓孔,進一步於該圓孔之底面形成大致圓錐狀之凹部而獲得之形狀之中空部。包含凸緣部52a之本體部52之上表面為俯視正方形,該正方形之中心係與中空部52b之中心軸一致。於本體部52之上表面,於其中心部設置有光電元件54。光電元件54係如表示光電元件54之一部分的圖8(A)之縱剖面圖所示,包含:透明之板構件(例如石英玻璃)56,其形成兼為真空隔離壁之本體部52之最上表面;遮光膜(光孔膜)58,其例如蒸鍍於該板構件56之下表面且由鉻等所形成;以及鹼光電膜(光電轉換膜)之層(鹼光電轉換層(鹼光電層))60,其成膜於板構件56以及遮光膜58之下表面側。於遮光膜58上形成有多數個光孔58a。圖8(A)中僅示出光電元件54之一部分,但實際上,於遮光膜58上以既定之位置關係而形成有多數個光孔58a(參照圖8(B))。光孔58a之數量可與後述多射束之數量相同,亦可多於多射束數。鹼光電層60亦配置於光孔58a之內部,於光孔58a中,板構件56與鹼光電層60接觸。本實施方式中,板構件56、遮光膜58及鹼光電層60一體地形成,形成光電元件54之至少一部分。 As shown in FIG. 4 (A) and FIG. 5, the photoelectric capsule 50 includes a main body portion 52 which is formed on one end surface (lower end surface in FIG. 4 (A)) with an opening 52c formed therein and a hollow portion 52b inside. The columnar shape is provided with a flange portion 52a at the other end (the upper end in FIG. 4 (A)); and a cover member 64 that can close the opening 52c. The hollow portion 52b is a hollow portion obtained by forming a circular hole with a predetermined depth from the lower end surface of the main body portion 52, and further forming a substantially conical concave portion on the bottom surface of the circular hole. The upper surface of the main body portion 52 including the flange portion 52a is a square in plan view, and the center of the square is consistent with the central axis of the hollow portion 52b. A photovoltaic element 54 is provided on the upper surface of the main body portion 52 at a central portion thereof. The photovoltaic element 54 is shown in a longitudinal sectional view of FIG. 8 (A) showing a part of the photovoltaic element 54 and includes a transparent plate member (such as quartz glass) 56 formed at the top of the body portion 52 that also serves as a vacuum barrier. Surface; light-shielding film (light aperture film) 58, which is, for example, vapor-deposited on the lower surface of the plate member 56 and formed of chromium; and a layer of an alkali photoelectric film (photoelectric conversion film) (alkali photoelectric conversion layer (alkali photoelectric layer) )) 60 is formed on the lower surface side of the plate member 56 and the light shielding film 58. A plurality of light holes 58 a are formed in the light shielding film 58. Although only a part of the photovoltaic element 54 is shown in FIG. 8 (A), a plurality of light holes 58a are actually formed on the light shielding film 58 in a predetermined positional relationship (see FIG. 8 (B)). The number of light holes 58a may be the same as the number of multi-beams described later, or may be more than the number of multi-beams. The alkali photoelectric layer 60 is also disposed inside the light hole 58 a. In the light hole 58 a, the plate member 56 is in contact with the alkali photoelectric layer 60. In this embodiment, the plate member 56, the light-shielding film 58, and the alkali photovoltaic layer 60 are integrally formed to form at least a part of the photovoltaic element 54.

鹼光電層60係使用2種以上之鹼金屬之多鹼光陰極。多鹼光陰極 為具有如下優點之光陰極:耐久性高,可由波長為500nm帶之綠色光而產生電子,且光電效應之量子效率QE高至10%左右。本實施方式中,鹼光電層60係作為藉由雷射光之光電效應而生成電子束之一種電子槍來使用,故而使用轉換效率為10[mA/W]之高效率者。此外,光電元件54中,鹼光電層60之電子發射面為圖8(A)中之下表面,即,與板構件56之上表面相反側之面。 The alkali photovoltaic layer 60 is a multi-alkali photocathode using two or more kinds of alkali metals. Multi-alkali photocathode is a photocathode with the following advantages: high durability, electrons can be generated by green light with a wavelength of 500 nm, and the quantum efficiency QE of the photoelectric effect is as high as about 10%. In the present embodiment, the alkali photoelectric layer 60 is used as an electron gun that generates an electron beam by the photoelectric effect of laser light, so a high-efficiency one having a conversion efficiency of 10 [mA / W] is used. In addition, in the photovoltaic element 54, the electron emission surface of the alkali photovoltaic layer 60 is the lower surface in FIG. 8 (A), that is, the surface opposite to the upper surface of the plate member 56.

於本體部52之俯視圓環狀之下端面上,如圖4(A)等所示,形成既定深度之俯視圓環狀之凹槽,且作為密封構件之一種的O形環62係以其一部分收納於凹槽內之狀態而安裝於該凹槽內。 On the lower end surface of the annular portion in the plan view of the body portion 52, as shown in FIG. 4 (A) and the like, a circular recess in the plan view of a predetermined depth is formed, and an O-ring 62 as a kind of sealing member is formed by A part is accommodated in the groove and installed in the groove.

蓋構件64包含與本體部52之下端面之外周緣(輪廓)同樣之俯視圓形之板構件,如後所述於真空中卸除,但於之前之狀態下,安裝於本體部52上,將本體部52之開口端閉合(參照圖5)。即,由蓋構件64所閉合之本體部52之內部之封閉空間(中空部52b)成為真空空間,因此蓋構件64藉由作用於蓋構件64之大氣壓而壓接於本體部52上。 The cover member 64 includes a circular plate member in a plan view similar to the outer peripheral edge (outline) of the lower end surface of the main body portion 52, and is removed in a vacuum as described later, but is attached to the main body portion 52 in a previous state. The open end of the main body portion 52 is closed (see FIG. 5). That is, the closed space (hollow portion 52 b) inside the main body portion 52 closed by the cover member 64 becomes a vacuum space. Therefore, the cover member 64 is crimped to the main body portion 52 by the atmospheric pressure acting on the cover member 64.

此外,關於包含光電膠囊之廠商所製造之光電膠囊之搬送中,至曝光裝置廠商將蓋構件打開為止之一系列流程,如後文所詳述。 In addition, a series of processes in the transportation of a photovoltaic capsule manufactured by a manufacturer including a photovoltaic capsule until the exposure device manufacturer opens the cover member will be described in detail later.

返回至電子束光學單元18A之說明,如圖5所示,於第1真空室34之內部,收納有藉由一對真空對應之致動器66而於X軸、Y軸及Z軸方向之3個方向上驅動之蓋收納板68。於蓋收納板68上,如圖5所示,以與45個光電膠囊50之配置所對應之配置,45個既定深度之圓孔68a形成於上表面,且於各圓孔68a之內部底面上形成有圓形之貫通孔68b。此外,圓孔68a之數量亦可不與光電膠囊50之數量相同。又,亦可不設置圓孔68a,而以蓋收納板68來支持蓋構件64。 Returning to the description of the electron beam optical unit 18A, as shown in FIG. 5, inside the first vacuum chamber 34, a pair of vacuum-compatible actuators 66 are housed in the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis directions. A lid storage plate 68 driven in three directions. On the lid storage plate 68, as shown in FIG. 5, in a configuration corresponding to the configuration of 45 photoelectric capsules 50, 45 circular holes 68a of a predetermined depth are formed on the upper surface, and on the inner bottom surface of each circular hole 68a A circular through hole 68b is formed. In addition, the number of the circular holes 68 a may not be the same as the number of the photoelectric capsules 50. In addition, instead of providing the circular hole 68a, the cover member 64 may be supported by the cover storage plate 68.

於蓋收納板68上,進一步如蓋收納板68之省略一部分之俯視圖即圖9所示,於圓孔68a與圓孔68a之間形成有最終成為電子束之光路(亦可稱為 電子束之通路)的圓形開口68c。此外,若蓋收納板68可避開電子束之通路,則亦可不設置開口68c。 On the cover storage plate 68, as shown in FIG. 9 in which a plan view of a part of the cover storage plate 68 is omitted, as shown in FIG. 9, a light path that eventually becomes an electron beam is formed between the circular hole 68a and the circular hole 68a (also referred to as an electron beam). Opening) 68c. In addition, if the cover storage plate 68 can avoid the path of the electron beam, the opening 68c may not be provided.

於底板38上,如圖3等所示,形成其中心位於45個光電膠囊50之本體部52各自之中心軸上的45個既定深度之凹部38a。該等凹部38a從底板38之上表面起靠近下表面而具有既定深度,於其內部底面上形成有作為限流部而發揮功能之貫通孔38b。以下,將貫通孔38b亦稱為限流部38b。下文對關於限流部38b進一步進行說明。 On the bottom plate 38, as shown in FIG. 3 and the like, 45 recesses 38a having a predetermined depth are formed on the central axes of the body portions 52 of the 45 photoelectric capsules 50, respectively. The recessed portions 38 a have a predetermined depth from the upper surface of the bottom plate 38 to the lower surface, and a through hole 38 b functioning as a flow restricting portion is formed on the inner bottom surface of the recessed portions 38 a. Hereinafter, the through hole 38b is also referred to as a flow restricting portion 38b. The flow restriction section 38b will be further described below.

於底板38之下表面上,以懸掛狀態固定有45根電子束光學系統70,其光軸AXe位於45個光電膠囊50之本體部52各自之中心軸上。此外,電子束光學系統70之支持並不限定於此,例如亦可以與底板38不同之支持構件來支持45根電子束光學系統70,且以筐體19之第2部分19b來支持該支持構件。關於電子束光學系統70,後文進一步進行詳細說明。 On the lower surface of the bottom plate 38, 45 electron beam optical systems 70 are fixed in a suspended state, and their optical axes AXe are located on the central axes of the body portions 52 of the 45 photoelectric capsules 50, respectively. In addition, the support of the electron beam optical system 70 is not limited to this. For example, a support member different from the base plate 38 can be used to support 45 electron beam optical systems 70, and the support member is supported by the second part 19b of the casing 19 . The electron beam optical system 70 will be described in detail later.

筐體19之第2部分19b係如圖1及圖2所明示,其外觀為直徑比第1部分小且高度高幾分之圓柱狀。於第2部分19b之內部,形成有將45個電子束光學系統70收納於其內部之第2真空室72(參照圖1及圖3)。第2真空室72如圖1及圖2所示,係由以下構成來劃分:上述底板38,其構成上壁(頂棚壁);俯視圓形之薄板狀之冷卻板74,其構成底壁;以及圓筒狀之周壁部76,其具有與冷卻板74之直徑大致相同之外徑,且固定於冷卻板74之下端面。藉由周壁部76之上表面固定於底板38之下表面,第1部分19a與第2部分19b一體化,藉此構成筐體19。冷卻板74除了具備冷卻功能以外,還具備抑制後述之成霧之功能。 The second portion 19b of the casing 19 is as shown in Figs. 1 and 2, and its appearance is a cylindrical shape having a diameter smaller than that of the first portion and a few heights. Inside the second portion 19b, a second vacuum chamber 72 (refer to FIGS. 1 and 3) is formed in which 45 electron beam optical systems 70 are housed. As shown in Figs. 1 and 2, the second vacuum chamber 72 is divided by the above-mentioned bottom plate 38, which constitutes the upper wall (ceiling wall), and a circular thin plate-shaped cooling plate 74, which constitutes the bottom wall, in plan view; The cylindrical peripheral wall portion 76 has an outer diameter substantially the same as the diameter of the cooling plate 74 and is fixed to the lower end surface of the cooling plate 74. The upper surface of the peripheral wall portion 76 is fixed to the lower surface of the bottom plate 38, and the first portion 19 a and the second portion 19 b are integrated to form the casing 19. In addition to the cooling function, the cooling plate 74 also has a function of suppressing fogging which will be described later.

第1真空室34與第2真空室72可將各自之內部抽成真空(參照圖2中之中空箭頭)。此外,可與將第1真空室34抽成真空之第1真空泵分開而另外具備將第2真空室72抽成真空之第2真空泵,亦可使用共通之真空泵,將第1真空室34與第2真空室72抽成真空。又,第1真空室34之真空度與第2真空室72之 真空度亦可不同。又,為了維護等,亦可將第1真空室34及第2真空室72中之一者設為大氣壓空間,且將另一者設為真空空間。本實施方式中,可設置限流部38b而使第1真空室34之真空度與第2真空室72之真空度不同,但亦可不設置限流部38b等,而使第1真空室32與第2真空室72實質上成為一個真空室。 Each of the first vacuum chamber 34 and the second vacuum chamber 72 can be evacuated (see a hollow arrow in FIG. 2). In addition, a second vacuum pump for evacuating the second vacuum chamber 72 may be provided separately from the first vacuum pump for evacuating the first vacuum chamber 34. Alternatively, the first vacuum chamber 34 and the first vacuum chamber 34 may be evacuated using a common vacuum pump. 2 The vacuum chamber 72 is evacuated. The degree of vacuum in the first vacuum chamber 34 and the degree of vacuum in the second vacuum chamber 72 may be different. For maintenance and the like, one of the first vacuum chamber 34 and the second vacuum chamber 72 may be an atmospheric pressure space, and the other may be a vacuum space. In this embodiment, the current-restricting portion 38b may be provided to make the degree of vacuum of the first vacuum chamber 34 different from that of the second vacuum chamber 72, but the first vacuum chamber 32 and The second vacuum chamber 72 substantially becomes a single vacuum chamber.

光學單元18B如圖1所示,具備:鏡筒(筐體)78,其搭載於電子束光學單元18A上;以及45個光照射裝置(亦可稱為光學系統)80,其收納於鏡筒78內。45個光照射裝置80係以與45個光電膠囊50之本體部52之各自對應之配置,而配置於XY平面內。鏡筒78內部為大氣壓空間。 As shown in FIG. 1, the optical unit 18B includes a lens barrel (chassis) 78 mounted on the electron beam optical unit 18A, and 45 light irradiation devices (also referred to as optical systems) 80 stored in the lens barrel. Within 78. The 45 light irradiation devices 80 are arranged in the XY plane in an arrangement corresponding to each of the body portions 52 of the 45 photoelectric capsules 50. The inside of the lens barrel 78 is an atmospheric pressure space.

45個光照射裝置80分別與45個光電膠囊50(光電元件54)對應而設置,來自光照射裝置80之至少一個光束經由光電元件54之光孔58a而照射至鹼光電層(以下略記為光電層)60。此外,光照射裝置80之數量與光電膠囊50之數量亦可不相等。 The 45 light irradiation devices 80 are provided corresponding to the 45 photoelectric capsules 50 (photoelectric elements 54). At least one light beam from the light irradiation device 80 is irradiated to the alkali photoelectric layer through the light hole 58a of the photoelectric element 54 (hereinafter referred to as photoelectricity). Layer) 60. In addition, the number of the light irradiation devices 80 and the number of the photocapsules 50 may be different.

45個光照射裝置80分別如例如圖10所示,具有照明系統82、產生經圖案化之光的圖案產生器84、及投影光學系統86。圖案產生器84亦可稱為空間光調變器,其將向既定方向行進之光之振幅、相位以及偏光之狀態於空間上進行調變而射出。圖案產生器84可產生包含例如明暗圖案之光學圖案。 The 45 light irradiating devices 80 each have an illumination system 82, a pattern generator 84 that generates patterned light, and a projection optical system 86, as shown in FIG. 10, for example. The pattern generator 84 may also be referred to as a spatial light modulator, which modulates and emits the amplitude, phase, and state of polarized light of a light traveling in a predetermined direction. The pattern generator 84 may generate an optical pattern including, for example, a light and dark pattern.

圖11(A)及圖11(B)中,光照射裝置80之構成之一例與所對應之光電膠囊50之本體部52一併示出。其中,圖11(A)構成從+X方向看之構成,圖11(B)構成從-Y方向看之構成。如圖11(A)及圖11(B)所示,照明系統82具有:光源部82a,其產生照明光(雷射光)LB;成形光學系統82b,其將該照明光LB成形為1或2個以上之於X軸方向上為長之剖面矩形狀之射束。 In FIGS. 11 (A) and 11 (B), an example of the configuration of the light irradiation device 80 is shown together with the corresponding body portion 52 of the photoelectric capsule 50. Among them, Fig. 11 (A) constitutes a structure viewed from the + X direction, and Fig. 11 (B) constitutes a structure viewed from the -Y direction. As shown in FIGS. 11 (A) and 11 (B), the lighting system 82 includes a light source unit 82a that generates illumination light (laser light) LB, and a shaping optical system 82b that shapes the illumination light LB into 1 or 2 More than a rectangular beam with a long cross section in the X-axis direction.

光源部82a包含:雷射二極體88,其將作為光源之可見光或近旁之波長、例如波長365nm之雷射光連續振盪;以及AO(acoustooptic,聲光)偏向器(亦稱為AOD(acoustooptic modulator,聲光調變元件)或光偏向元 件)90,其配置於該雷射光之光路上。此處,AO偏向器90作為切換元件而發揮功能,用於使雷射光間歇發光。即,光源部82a係可使波長365nm之雷射光(雷射束)LB間歇地發光之光源部。此外,光源部82a之發光之工作比例如可藉由控制AO偏光器90來變更。切換元件並不限定於AO偏光器,亦可為AOM(聲光調變元件)。此外,亦可使雷射二極體88自身間歇地發光。 The light source unit 82a includes a laser diode 88 that continuously oscillates visible light or nearby wavelengths, such as 365 nm, of laser light as a light source; and an AO (acoustooptic, acousto-optic) deflector (also known as AOD (acoustooptic modulator) , Acousto-optic modulation element) or light deflection element) 90, which is arranged on the optical path of the laser light. Here, the AO deflector 90 functions as a switching element for intermittently emitting laser light. That is, the light source section 82a is a light source section that can emit laser light (laser beam) LB having a wavelength of 365 nm intermittently. In addition, the operating ratio of the light emission of the light source section 82a can be changed, for example, by controlling the AO polarizer 90. The switching element is not limited to an AO polarizer, and may also be an AOM (Acoustooptic Modulation Element). In addition, the laser diode 88 itself may be caused to emit light intermittently.

成形光學系統82b包含:繞射光學元件(Diffractive Optical Element,亦稱為DOE)92,其依序配置於來自光源部82a之雷射束(以下,適當略記為射束)LB之光路上;以及照度分佈調整元件94及聚光透鏡96。 The shaping optical system 82b includes: a diffractive optical element (also referred to as DOE) 92, which is sequentially arranged on the light path of the laser beam (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as a beam) LB from the light source section 82a; and The illuminance distribution adjusting element 94 and the condenser lens 96.

繞射光學元件92若射入來自AO偏向器90之雷射束,則以該雷射束於繞射光學元件92之射出面側之既定面上具有如下分佈之方式,即,於在Y軸方向上以既定間隔排列之於X軸方向上為長之複數個矩形狀(本實施方式中為細長之狹縫狀)之區域中光強度大之分佈,來轉換雷射束之面內強度分佈。本實施方式中,繞射光學元件92藉由來自AO偏向器90之雷射束之入射,而生成於Y軸方向上以既定間隔排列之於X軸方向上為長之複數個剖面矩形狀之射束(狹縫狀之射束)。本實施方式中,詳情如後述,生成與圖案產生器84之構成相符之數量之狹縫狀射束。此外,將雷射束之面內強度分佈加以轉換之元件並不限定於繞射光學元件,可為折射光學元件或反射光學元件,亦可為空間光調變器。 When the diffractive optical element 92 is incident on a laser beam from the AO deflector 90, the laser beam is distributed on a predetermined surface on the exit surface side of the diffractive optical element 92 in such a manner that it is distributed on the Y axis A distribution of large light intensities in a plurality of rectangular (long and narrow slit-shaped) regions that are long in the X-axis direction, arranged at predetermined intervals in the direction, to convert the in-plane intensity distribution of the laser beam . In this embodiment, the diffractive optical element 92 is generated by a plurality of rectangular cross-sections that are long in the X-axis direction and arranged in a predetermined interval in the Y-axis direction by the incidence of a laser beam from the AO deflector 90. Beam (slit beam). In this embodiment, as will be described in detail later, slit-shaped beams of the number corresponding to the configuration of the pattern generator 84 are generated. In addition, the element that converts the in-plane intensity distribution of the laser beam is not limited to a diffractive optical element, and may be a refractive optical element or a reflective optical element, or a spatial light modulator.

照度分佈調整元件94係於複數個射束照射至圖案產生器84時,於將圖案產生器84之受光面分割為複數個之各個分割區域中,可對每個分割區域各別地調整照度者。本實施方式中,照度分佈調整元件94係使用如下元件,其係將具有折射率隨著施加電壓而變化之非線性光學效果的結晶,例如鋰鉭酸鹽(鉭酸鋰(略稱:LT)單晶),在與複數個XY平面平行之面內排列,於其入射側及出射側配置偏光元件而構成。本實施方式中,如圖11(A)之圓內所 示意性表示,作為一例,使用以1mm間距於XY平面內,例如以2列12行之矩陣狀來配置有24個鋰鉭酸鹽之結晶94a的照度分佈調整元件94。符號94b表示電極。依據該構成之照度分佈調整元件94,出射側之偏光元件僅使既定之偏光成分通過,故而藉由經由入射側之偏光元件而使入射至結晶之光之偏光狀態變化,例如從線性偏光變化為圓偏光,可使從出射側之偏光元件中射出之光之強度變化。於該情形時,偏光狀態之變化可藉由控制對結晶之施加電壓而可變。因此,藉由控制對各個結晶之施加電壓,可調整與各個結晶對應之每個區域(圖13之由二點鏈線所包圍之區域)之照度(參照圖11(A))。照度分佈調整元件94並不限定於鋰鉭酸鹽,亦可使用鋰鈮酸鹽(鈮酸鋰(略稱:LN)單晶)等其他光強度調變結晶(電光學元件)來構成。此外,於可使用圖案產生器84、或者配置於圖案產生器84與光電元件54之間的光學構件,來調整照射至光電元件54上之至少一個光束之強度的情形時,亦可不設置照度分佈調整元件94。此外,作為照度分佈調整元件94,亦可使用將所射出之光之振幅、相位及偏光之狀態於空間上進行調變之空間光調變器,一例為透射型液晶元件或反射型液晶元件等。 When the plurality of beams are irradiated to the pattern generator 84, the illuminance distribution adjusting element 94 can individually adjust the illuminance for each of the divided regions in each divided region where the light receiving surface of the pattern generator 84 is divided into a plurality of divided regions . In this embodiment, the illuminance distribution adjustment element 94 is a crystal which has a non-linear optical effect in which the refractive index changes with an applied voltage, such as lithium tantalate (lithium tantalate (abbreviation: LT)). (Single crystal) is arranged in a plane parallel to a plurality of XY planes, and a polarizing element is arranged on the incidence side and the emission side. In this embodiment, as shown schematically in a circle in FIG. 11 (A), as an example, 24 lithium tantalates are arranged in an XY plane at a pitch of 1 mm, for example, in a matrix of 2 columns and 12 rows. Illuminance distribution adjustment element 94 of crystal 94a. Reference numeral 94b denotes an electrode. According to the illuminance distribution adjusting element 94 of this configuration, the polarizing element on the exit side passes only a predetermined polarizing component, so the polarization state of the light incident on the crystal is changed by passing through the polarizing element on the incident side, for example, from linear polarized light to Circularly polarized light can change the intensity of light emitted from a polarizing element on the exit side. In this case, the change in the polarization state can be changed by controlling the voltage applied to the crystal. Therefore, by controlling the voltage applied to each crystal, the illuminance of each region corresponding to each crystal (the region surrounded by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 13) can be adjusted (see FIG. 11 (A)). The illuminance distribution adjustment element 94 is not limited to lithium tantalate, and may be configured using other light intensity-modulated crystals (electro-optical elements) such as lithium niobate (lithium niobate (abbreviation: LN) single crystal). In addition, when the pattern generator 84 or an optical member disposed between the pattern generator 84 and the photoelectric element 54 can be used to adjust the intensity of at least one light beam irradiated onto the photoelectric element 54, the illumination distribution may not be set. Adjusting element 94. In addition, as the illuminance distribution adjusting element 94, a spatial light modulator that spatially modulates the amplitude, phase, and state of polarized light emitted can be used. An example is a transmissive liquid crystal element or a reflective liquid crystal element. .

本實施方式中,如後所述,使用反射型之空間光調變器來作為圖案產生器84,因此於聚光透鏡96下方之光出射側配置有光路彎折用之鏡98。聚光透鏡96係將繞射光學元件92中所生成之複數個剖面矩形狀(狹縫狀)之射束關於Y軸方向而聚光,照射至鏡98上。聚光透鏡96可使用例如於X軸方向上為長之柱面透鏡等。此外,聚光透鏡96亦可由複數個透鏡所構成。亦可代替聚光透鏡,而使用聚光鏡等反射光學構件或繞射光學元件。又,鏡98並不限定於平面鏡,亦可為具有曲率之形狀。於鏡98具有曲率(具有有限之焦點距離)之情形時,亦可兼用聚光透鏡96之功能。 In this embodiment, as described later, a reflective spatial light modulator is used as the pattern generator 84. Therefore, a light path bending mirror 98 is disposed on the light exit side under the condenser lens 96. The condenser lens 96 condenses a plurality of rectangular (slit-shaped) beams generated in the diffractive optical element 92 with respect to the Y-axis direction and irradiates the mirror 98. The condensing lens 96 can be, for example, a cylindrical lens that is long in the X-axis direction. The condenser lens 96 may be composed of a plurality of lenses. Instead of the condenser lens, a reflective optical member such as a condenser lens or a diffractive optical element may be used. The mirror 98 is not limited to a flat mirror, and may have a shape having a curvature. When the mirror 98 has a curvature (having a limited focal distance), the function of the condenser lens 96 can also be used.

鏡98係相對於XY平面而以既定角度來配置,將所照射之複數個 狹縫狀之射束向圖11(A)中之左斜上方向反射。 The mirror 98 is arranged at a predetermined angle with respect to the XY plane, and reflects a plurality of slit-shaped beams to be irradiated in a diagonally upward left direction in FIG. 11 (A).

圖案產生器84配置於由鏡98所反射之複數個狹縫狀之射束之反射光路上。若詳細說明,則圖案產生器84關於Z軸方向,配置於在聚光透鏡96與鏡98之間所配置的電路基板102之-Z側之面上。此處,於電路基板102上,如圖11(A)所示,形成有開口102a,其成為從聚光透鏡96朝向鏡98之複數個狹縫狀之射束之光路。 The pattern generator 84 is arranged on the reflected light path of a plurality of slit-shaped beams reflected by the mirror 98. To explain in detail, the pattern generator 84 is disposed on the surface of the -Z side of the circuit substrate 102 disposed between the condenser lens 96 and the mirror 98 with respect to the Z-axis direction. Here, as shown in FIG. 11 (A), on the circuit substrate 102, an opening 102a is formed, which is an optical path of a plurality of slit-shaped beams from the condenser lens 96 toward the mirror 98.

本實施方式中,圖案產生器84係由作為可程式化之空間光調變器之一種的光繞射型光閥(GLV(註冊商標))所構成。光繞射型光閥GLV係如圖12(A)及圖12(B)所示,於矽基板(晶片)84a上,以數千個之規模形成有稱為「條帶」之氮化矽膜之微細構造體(以下稱為條帶)84b的空間光調變器。 In the present embodiment, the pattern generator 84 is composed of a light-diffraction type light valve (GLV (registered trademark)), which is a type of programmable spatial light modulator. As shown in FIG. 12 (A) and FIG. 12 (B), a light diffraction type light valve GLV is formed on a silicon substrate (wafer) 84a with thousands of silicon nitrides called "stripes". Spatial light modulator of a film microstructure (hereinafter referred to as a strip) 84b.

GLV之驅動原理如下所述。 The driving principle of GLV is as follows.

藉由電性控制條帶84b之撓曲,GLV作為可程式化之繞射光柵而發揮功能,可以高解析度、高速度(響應性250kHz~1MHz)、高正確度,來進行調光、調變、雷射光之切換。GLV被分類為微機電系統(Micro-Electro-Mechanical System,MEMS)。條帶84b係由在硬度、耐久性、化學穩定性方面具有牢固特性之高溫陶瓷之一種,即非晶質氮化矽膜(Si3N4)來製作。各條帶之寬度為2~4μm,長度為100~300μm。條帶84b係由鋁薄膜所覆蓋,兼具反射板與電極之兩者之功能。條帶係跨越共通電極84c而伸展,若由驅動器(圖12(A)及圖12(B)中未圖示)對條帶84b供給控制電壓,則藉由靜電而向基板84a方向撓曲。若控制電壓消失,則條帶84b藉由氮化矽膜固有之高張力而恢復為原本狀態。即,條帶84b為可動反射元件之一種。 By flexing the electrical control strip 84b, the GLV functions as a programmable diffraction grating, which can perform dimming and dimming with high resolution, high speed (response 250kHz ~ 1MHz), and high accuracy. Change, laser light switch. GLV is classified as a Micro-Electro-Mechanical System (MEMS). The strip 84b is made of an amorphous silicon nitride film (Si 3 N 4 ), which is one of high-temperature ceramics having firm characteristics in terms of hardness, durability, and chemical stability. Each strip has a width of 2 to 4 μm and a length of 100 to 300 μm. The strip 84b is covered with an aluminum film, and functions as both a reflective plate and an electrode. The stripe stretches across the common electrode 84c, and when a control voltage is supplied to the stripe 84b by a driver (not shown in FIGS. 12 (A) and 12 (B)), the stripe 84b is deflected by static electricity. When the control voltage disappears, the strip 84b is restored to its original state by the high tension inherent in the silicon nitride film. That is, the strip 84b is a type of movable reflective element.

GLV中有:隨著電壓之施加而位置變化之主動條帶、與落至底部而位置不變之偏壓條帶交替排列之類型;以及全部為主動條帶之類型,但本 實施方式中使用後者之類型。 In GLV, there are: active strips whose position changes with the application of voltage, and alternately arranged types of bias strips which fall to the bottom without changing the position; and all types of active strips, but the latter is used in this embodiment Its type.

本實施方式中,以條帶84b位於-Z側且矽基板84a位於+Z側之狀態,於圖11(A)等所示之電路基板102之-Z側之面上,安裝有由GLV所形成之圖案產生器84。於電路基板102上設置有用以對條帶84b供給控制電壓之CMOS(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor,互補金屬氧化物半導體)驅動器(未圖示)。以下之說明中,為方便起見,包括CMOS驅動器而稱為圖案產生器84。 In this embodiment, in a state in which the strip 84b is located on the -Z side and the silicon substrate 84a is located on the + Z side, a surface of the -Z side of the circuit substrate 102 shown in FIG. 11 (A) and the like is mounted with a GLV Formed pattern generator 84. A CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) driver (not shown) for supplying a control voltage to the stripe 84b is provided on the circuit substrate 102. In the following description, a CMOS driver is referred to as a pattern generator 84 for convenience.

本實施方式中使用之圖案產生器84係如圖13所示,具有例如6000個條帶84b之條帶行85係將其長邊方向(條帶84b之排列方向)設為X軸方向,於Y軸方向上以既定之間隔於矽基板上形成例如12行。各條帶行85之條帶84b於共通電極之上伸展。本實施方式中,藉由一定水準之電壓之施加及施加之解除,主要為了雷射光之切換(開‧關)而驅動各條帶84b。但,GLV可根據施加電壓而調節繞射光強度,因此於如後所述,必須將來自圖案產生器84之複數個射束之至少一部分之強度進行調整之情形等時,對施加電壓進行微調整。例如,於對各條帶射入相同強度之光之情形時,可由圖案產生器84來產生具有不同強度之複數個光束。 The pattern generator 84 used in this embodiment is shown in FIG. 13. For example, a strip line 85 having 6000 strips 84 b has its long side direction (the arrangement direction of the strips 84 b) set to the X-axis direction. For example, 12 rows are formed on the silicon substrate at predetermined intervals in the Y-axis direction. The strip 84b of each strip row 85 extends over the common electrode. In this embodiment, by applying and releasing a certain level of voltage, each band 84b is driven mainly for switching (on, off) of the laser light. However, the GLV can adjust the intensity of the diffracted light according to the applied voltage. Therefore, when the intensity of at least a part of the plurality of beams from the pattern generator 84 must be adjusted as described later, the applied voltage is finely adjusted. . For example, in the case where light of the same intensity is incident on each strip, a plurality of light beams having different intensities may be generated by the pattern generator 84.

本實施方式中,於繞射光學元件92中生成12根狹縫狀之射束,該12根射束係經由照度分佈調整元件94a、聚光透鏡96、及鏡98,而對各條帶行85之中央照射於X軸方向上為長之狹縫狀之射束LB。本實施方式中,射束LB對於各條帶84b之照射區域成為正方形區域。此外,射束LB對於各條帶84b之照射區域亦可不為正方形區域。亦可為於X軸方向上為長、或者於Y軸方向上為長之矩形區域。本實施方式中,12根射束於圖案產生器84之受光面上之照射區域(照明系統82之照射區域)亦可稱為X軸方向之長度未S mm、Y軸方向之長度為T mm之矩形之區域。 In the present embodiment, twelve slit-shaped beams are generated in the diffractive optical element 92, and the twelve beams are applied to each strip via the illumination distribution adjusting element 94a, the condenser lens 96, and the mirror 98. The center of 85 is irradiated with a long slit-shaped beam LB in the X-axis direction. In this embodiment, the irradiation area of the beam LB with respect to each of the strips 84b becomes a square area. In addition, the irradiation area of the beam LB to each of the strips 84b may not be a square area. It may be a rectangular region that is long in the X-axis direction or long in the Y-axis direction. In this embodiment, the irradiation area of the 12 beams on the light-receiving surface of the pattern generator 84 (the irradiation area of the illumination system 82) can also be referred to as the length in the X-axis direction and the length in the Y-axis direction is T mm The rectangular area.

各條帶84b由於可獨立控制,故而圖案產生器84中產生之剖面正方形之射束之根數為6000×12=72000根,可進行72000根射束之切換(開‧關)。本實施方式中,為可將圖案產生器84中產生之72000根射束各別地照射,而於光電膠囊50之光電元件54之遮光膜58上形成有72000個光孔58a。此外,光孔58a之數量亦可與例如圖案產生器84可照射之射束之數量不相同,對72000根射束(雷射束)各自所對應之光孔58a的光電元件54(遮光膜58)上之區域照射即可。即,光電元件54上之複數個光孔58a各自之尺寸若小於所對應之射束之剖面之尺寸即可。此外,圖案產生器84所具有之可動元件(條帶84b)之數量、與圖案產生器84中產生之射束之根數亦可不同。例如,可使用藉由電壓之施加而位置變化之主動條帶、於落至底部而位置不變之偏壓條帶交替排列之類型,藉由複數個(2個)可動元件(條帶)而進行1根射束之切換。又,圖案產生器84之數量與光電膠囊50之數量亦可不相等。 Since each strip 84b can be controlled independently, the number of beams with a square cross section generated in the pattern generator 84 is 6000 × 12 = 72000, and 72,000 beams can be switched (on and off). In this embodiment, 72,000 light holes 58a are formed in the light shielding film 58 of the photoelectric element 54 of the photoelectric capsule 50 so that 72,000 beams generated by the pattern generator 84 can be individually irradiated. In addition, the number of light holes 58a may be different from, for example, the number of beams that can be irradiated by the pattern generator 84. For the photoelectric elements 54 (light-shielding film 58) of the light holes 58a corresponding to 72,000 beams (laser beams), respectively ) On the area. That is, the size of each of the plurality of light holes 58a in the photoelectric element 54 may be smaller than the size of the cross section of the corresponding beam. In addition, the number of movable elements (strips 84b) included in the pattern generator 84 and the number of beams generated in the pattern generator 84 may be different. For example, it is possible to use a type in which active strips whose positions change by the application of voltage, and bias strips whose positions fall to the bottom without changing the position are alternately arranged, and are performed by a plurality of (2) movable elements (stripes). Switching of 1 beam. In addition, the number of the pattern generators 84 and the number of the photocapsules 50 may be different.

投影光學系統86係如圖11(A)及圖11(B)所示,具有物鏡,其包含依序配置於來自圖案產生器84之光束之光路上的透鏡86a、86b。於透鏡86a與透鏡86b之間配置有濾光器86c。投影光學系統86之投影倍率例如為約1/4。以下,光孔58a設為矩形,但亦可為正方形,亦可為多角形、橢圓等其他形狀。此處,各透鏡86a、86b亦可分別包括複數個透鏡。又,投影光學系統並不限定於折射型光學系統,亦可為反射型光學系統或反射折射型光學系統。 As shown in FIGS. 11 (A) and 11 (B), the projection optical system 86 has an objective lens including lenses 86a and 86b which are sequentially arranged on the optical path of the light beam from the pattern generator 84. An optical filter 86c is disposed between the lens 86a and the lens 86b. The projection magnification of the projection optical system 86 is, for example, about 1/4. Hereinafter, although the light hole 58a is rectangular, it may be a square, and other shapes, such as a polygon and an ellipse, may be sufficient. Here, each of the lenses 86a and 86b may include a plurality of lenses, respectively. The projection optical system is not limited to a refractive optical system, and may be a reflective optical system or a reflective optical system.

本實施方式中,投影光學系統86藉由將來自圖案產生器84之光投射至光電元件54上,則從複數個、此處為72000個光孔58a之至少一個中通過之光束照射至光電層60上。即,來自圖案產生器84之設為開啟之射束經由所對應之光孔58a而照射至光電層60上,設為關閉之射束不會照射至所對應之光孔58a以及光電層60上。此外,於來自圖案產生器84之光之像例如成像於光電層60上(板構件56之下表面、或者其近旁面)之情形時,亦可將投影光學系統86 稱為成像光學系統。 In this embodiment, the projection optical system 86 projects light from the pattern generator 84 onto the photoelectric element 54, and then irradiates the light beam from at least one of a plurality of 72,000 light holes 58 a here. 60 on. That is, the beam set to be turned on from the pattern generator 84 is irradiated onto the photoelectric layer 60 through the corresponding light hole 58a, and the beam set to be turned off is not irradiated on the corresponding light hole 58a and the photoelectric layer 60. . In addition, when the image of the light from the pattern generator 84 is, for example, imaged on the photoelectric layer 60 (the lower surface of the plate member 56 or the near surface thereof), the projection optical system 86 may be referred to as an imaging optical system.

於投影光學系統86中,如圖10所示,設置有可調整投影光學系統86之光學特性的光學特性調整裝置87。光學特性調整裝置87藉由將本實施方式中構成投影光學系統86之一部分光學元件,例如透鏡86a移動,可變更至少X軸方向之投影倍率(倍率)。作為光學特性調整裝置87,例如可使用將形成於構成投影光學系統86之複數個透鏡間的氣密空間之氣壓加以變更之裝置。又,作為光學特性調整裝置87,亦可使用使構成投影光學系統86之光學構件變形之裝置、或者對構成投影光學系統86之光學構件賦予熱分佈之裝置。此外,圖10中,示出僅於圖中之1個光照射裝置80中並列設置有光學特性調整裝置87,但實際上,於45個光照射裝置80之全部中並列設置有光學特性調整裝置87。45個光學特性調整裝置87基於主控制裝置110之指示,由控制部11來控制(參照圖18)。 As shown in FIG. 10, the projection optical system 86 is provided with an optical characteristic adjustment device 87 capable of adjusting the optical characteristics of the projection optical system 86. The optical characteristic adjusting device 87 can change a projection magnification (magnification) of at least the X-axis direction by moving a part of the optical elements such as the lens 86a constituting the projection optical system 86 in this embodiment. As the optical characteristic adjusting device 87, for example, a device that changes the air pressure of an airtight space formed between a plurality of lenses constituting the projection optical system 86 can be used. As the optical characteristic adjusting device 87, a device that deforms an optical member constituting the projection optical system 86 or a device that imparts a heat distribution to the optical member constituting the projection optical system 86 may be used. Although FIG. 10 shows that only one optical irradiation device 80 is provided in parallel in one of the light irradiation devices 80 in the figure, in reality, the optical characteristic adjustment device is provided in parallel in all of the 45 light irradiation devices 80. 87. Forty-five optical characteristic adjustment devices 87 are controlled by the control unit 11 based on an instruction from the main control device 110 (see FIG. 18).

此外,亦可於投影光學系統86之內部,設置可將由圖案產生器84產生且照射至光電層60上之複數個射束中之至少1個之強度加以變更之強度調變元件。對光電層60照射之複數個射束之強度之變更包括使複數個射束中之一部分射束之強度為零。又,投影光學系統86亦可具備可將照射至光電層60上之複數個射束之至少1個之相位或偏光加以變更之相位調變元件、偏光調變元件等。 In addition, an intensity modulation element that can change the intensity of at least one of the plurality of beams generated by the pattern generator 84 and irradiated onto the photoelectric layer 60 may be provided inside the projection optical system 86. Changing the intensity of the plurality of beams irradiated to the photoelectric layer 60 includes making the intensity of a part of the plurality of beams zero. In addition, the projection optical system 86 may be provided with a phase modulation element, a polarization modulation element, and the like that can change the phase or polarization of at least one of the plurality of beams irradiated onto the photoelectric layer 60.

如圖11(A)所明示,本實施方式中,照明系統82所具有之光學系統之光軸AXi與投影光學系統86之光軸(與作為最終光學元件之透鏡86b之光軸一致)AXo均與Z軸平行,但於Y軸方向上偏移既定距離(偏離)。此外,照明系統82所具有之光學系統之光軸AXi與投影光學系統之光軸AXo亦可不平行。 As clearly shown in FIG. 11 (A), in this embodiment, the optical axis AXi of the optical system of the lighting system 82 and the optical axis of the projection optical system 86 (the same as the optical axis of the lens 86b as the final optical element) AXo It is parallel to the Z axis, but shifted by a predetermined distance (deviation) in the Y axis direction. In addition, the optical axis AXi of the optical system included in the illumination system 82 and the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system may not be parallel.

圖14(A)及圖14(B)中,電子束光學系統70之構成之一例係 與所對應之光電膠囊50之本體部52一併示出。其中,圖14(A)表示從+X方向看之構成,圖14(B)表示從-Y方向看之構成。如圖14(A)及圖14(B)所示,電子束光學系統70具有:鏡筒104;保持於鏡筒104上之由一對電磁透鏡70a、70b所形成之物鏡;以及靜電多極70c。電子束光學系統70之物鏡、及靜電多極70c係配置於藉由將複數個射束LB照射至光電元件54上,而由光電元件54之光電轉換來發射之電子(複數個電子束EB)之射束路徑上。一對電磁透鏡70a、70b分別配置於鏡筒104內之上端部近旁及下端部近旁,兩者關於上下方向而分離。於該一對電磁透鏡70a、70b相互間配置有靜電多極70c。靜電多極70c配置於藉由物鏡而收縮之電子束EB之射束路徑上之束腰部分。因此,通過靜電多極70c之複數個射束EB係藉由相互間作用之庫倫力而彼此排斥,倍率變化。 An example of the configuration of the electron beam optical system 70 in Figs. 14 (A) and 14 (B) is shown together with the corresponding body portion 52 of the photoelectric capsule 50. Among them, Fig. 14 (A) shows the structure viewed from the + X direction, and Fig. 14 (B) shows the structure viewed from the -Y direction. As shown in FIGS. 14 (A) and 14 (B), the electron beam optical system 70 includes: a lens barrel 104; an objective lens formed by a pair of electromagnetic lenses 70a and 70b held on the lens barrel 104; and an electrostatic multipole 70c. The objective lens of the electron beam optical system 70 and the electrostatic multipole 70c are electrons (a plurality of electron beams EB) emitted by the photoelectric conversion of the photoelectric element 54 by irradiating a plurality of beams LB onto the photoelectric element 54. Beam path. The pair of electromagnetic lenses 70 a and 70 b are respectively disposed near the upper end portion and the lower end portion in the lens barrel 104, and the two are separated with respect to the vertical direction. An electrostatic multipole 70c is disposed between the pair of electromagnetic lenses 70a and 70b. The electrostatic multipole 70c is disposed at a waist portion of the beam path of the electron beam EB that is contracted by the objective lens. Therefore, the plurality of beams EB passing through the electrostatic multipole 70c repel each other by the Coulomb force acting on each other, and the magnification changes.

因此,本實施方式中,於電子束光學系統70之內部設置有靜電多極70c,其具有:XY倍率修正用之第1靜電透鏡70c1;以及射束之照射位置控制(以及照射位置偏移修正)、即光學圖案之投影位置調整(以及投影位置偏移修正)用之第2靜電透鏡70c2。第1靜電透鏡70c1係如例如圖15(A)所示意性表示,高速、且各別地修正關於X軸方向及Y軸方向之縮小倍率。但,第1靜電透鏡70c1如圖15(B)所示,將由隨著總電流量之變化而產生之庫倫效應所引起之倍率變化作為修正對象,如圖15(C)所示之由局部性庫倫效應所引起之偏向之倍率變化不作為修正對象。以採用儘量不產生如圖15(C)所示之倍率變化的圖案之生成規則為前提,使用第1靜電透鏡70c1來修正其上所產生之庫倫效應。 Accordingly, in this embodiment, the electron beam optical system provided inside 70 of the electrostatic multipole 70c, having: XY magnification correction of the first use of an electrostatic lens 70c; and controlling the irradiation position of the beam (and the irradiation position shift (Correction), that is, the second electrostatic lens 70c 2 for adjusting the projection position of the optical pattern (and correcting the projection position shift). The first electrostatic lens system 70c as an example, FIG. 15 (A) schematically represents a high speed, and corrects the respective X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction of the reduction ratio. However, one of the first electrostatic lens 70c in FIG. 15 (B), the magnification change caused by the Coulomb effect with the change of the total current amount generated as the correction target, FIG. 15 (C) shown by the local of The change of bias magnification caused by the sexual Coulomb effect is not the object of correction. Based on the premise that a pattern generation rule that does not cause a change in magnification as shown in FIG. 15 (C) is used as much as possible, the first electrostatic lens 70c 1 is used to correct the Coulomb effect generated thereon.

又,第2靜電透鏡70c2將由各種振動等所引起之射束之照射位置偏移(光學圖案中之明像素,即,後述之切割圖案之投影位置偏移)總括地修正。第2靜電透鏡70c2亦用於在曝光時進行射束對晶圓W之追隨控制時的射束之 偏向控制,即射束之照射位置控制。此外,於使用電子束光學系統70以外之部分、例如上述投影光學系統86等來進行縮小倍率之修正之情形等時,亦可代替靜電多極70c而使用由可進行電子束之偏向控制之靜電透鏡所形成的靜電偏向透鏡。 In addition, the second electrostatic lens 70c 2 collectively corrects a shift in the irradiation position of the beam due to various vibrations and the like (a bright pixel in an optical pattern, that is, a projection position shift in a cutting pattern described later). The second electrostatic lens 70c 2 is also used to control the deflection of the beam when the beam follows the wafer W during the exposure control, that is, to control the irradiation position of the beam. In addition, in the case of using a part other than the electron beam optical system 70, such as the above-mentioned projection optical system 86, to perform reduction magnification correction, etc., instead of the electrostatic multipole 70c, the static electricity that can control the deflection of the electron beam may be used. The static electricity formed by the lens is deflected towards the lens.

電子束光學系統70之縮小倍率於不進行倍率修正之狀態下,於設計上為例如1/50。亦可為1/30、1/20等其他倍率。 The reduction ratio of the electron beam optical system 70 is designed to be 1/50, for example, in a state where no correction of the ratio is performed. It can also be 1/30, 1/20 and other magnifications.

圖16係以立體圖來表示以懸掛狀態支持於底板38上之45個電子束光學系統70之外觀。 FIG. 16 is a perspective view showing the appearance of the 45 electron beam optical systems 70 supported on the bottom plate 38 in a suspended state.

於鏡筒104之射出端,如圖14(A)及圖14(B)所示般形成有電子束之出口104a,於該出口104a部分之下方配置有反射電子檢測裝置106。反射電子檢測裝置106係配置於在冷卻板74與上述出口104a對向而形成之圓形(或者矩形)之開口74a之內部。更具體而言,夾持電子束光學系統70之光軸AXe(與上述光電膠囊50之中心軸以及投影光學系統86之光軸AXo(參照圖11(A))一致)而於X軸方向之兩側設置有一對反射電子檢測裝置106x1、106x2。又,夾持光軸AXe而於Y軸方向之兩側設置有一對反射電子檢測裝置106y1、106y2。又,上述2對反射電子檢測裝置106分別藉由例如半導體檢測器所構成,對由晶圓上之對準標記、或者基準標記等檢測對象標記所產生之反射成分,此處為反射電子進行檢測,將與檢測到之反射電子對應之檢測訊號輸送至訊號處理裝置108(參照圖18)。訊號處理裝置108將複數個反射電子檢測裝置106之檢測訊號藉由未圖示之放大器而增幅後進行訊號處理,將其處理結果輸送至主控制裝置110(參照圖18)。此外,反射電子檢測裝置106可僅設置於45個電子束光學系統70之一部分(至少1個)上,亦可不設置。 As shown in FIGS. 14 (A) and 14 (B), an exit 104a of an electron beam is formed at the exit end of the lens barrel 104, and a reflected electron detection device 106 is arranged below the exit 104a portion. The reflected electron detection device 106 is disposed inside a circular (or rectangular) opening 74a formed by the cooling plate 74 facing the outlet 104a. More specifically, the optical axis AXe of the electron beam optical system 70 (which coincides with the central axis of the above-mentioned photoelectric capsule 50 and the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86 (see FIG. 11 (A))) is held in the X-axis direction. A pair of reflective electronic detection devices 106 x1 and 106 x2 are provided on both sides. A pair of reflected electron detection devices 106 y1 and 106 y2 are provided on both sides in the Y-axis direction while sandwiching the optical axis AXe. In addition, the above-mentioned two pairs of reflected electron detection devices 106 are each constituted by, for example, a semiconductor detector, and are used to detect reflection components generated by an alignment mark or a reference mark on a wafer such as a detection target mark. Here, the reflected electrons are detected. The detection signal corresponding to the detected reflected electrons is transmitted to the signal processing device 108 (see FIG. 18). The signal processing device 108 performs signal processing after amplifying the detection signals of the plurality of reflected electronic detection devices 106 by an amplifier (not shown), and sends the processing results to the main control device 110 (see FIG. 18). In addition, the reflection electron detection device 106 may be provided only on a part (at least one) of the 45 electron beam optical systems 70 or may not be provided.

反射電子檢測裝置106x1、106x2、106y1、106y2可固定於鏡筒104上,亦可安裝於冷卻板74上。 The reflection electronic detection devices 106 x1 , 106 x2 , 106 y1 , and 106 y2 can be fixed on the lens barrel 104 or can be mounted on the cooling plate 74.

於冷卻板74上,與45個電子束光學系統70之鏡筒104之出口104a各別對向而形成有45個開口74a,於該開口74a內配置有2對反射電子檢測裝置106(參照圖2)。如圖14(A)及圖14(B)所示,於底板38上,於光軸AXe上形成有上述限流部38b。限流部38b由於X軸方向上為長之矩形之孔所形成,其形成於以既定深度形成於底板38之上表面上的俯視圓形(或者矩形)之凹部38a之內部底面上。又,於光軸AXe上,設置於光電層60之上側的多數個光孔58a之配置區域之中心(此處,與光電膠囊50之本體部52之中心軸一致)基本上一致。限流部38b係如圖2所示,與45個電子束光學系統70之光軸AXe各別對向而形成於底板38上。 On the cooling plate 74, 45 openings 74a are formed opposite to the outlets 104a of the lens barrels 104 of the 45 electron beam optical systems 70, and two pairs of reflection electron detection devices 106 are arranged in the openings 74a (see FIG. 2). As shown in FIGS. 14 (A) and 14 (B), the above-mentioned current limiting portion 38b is formed on the bottom plate 38 on the optical axis AXe. The flow restricting portion 38 b is formed by a long rectangular hole in the X-axis direction, and is formed on the inner bottom surface of the circular (or rectangular) concave portion 38 a formed in a predetermined depth on the upper surface of the bottom plate 38. In addition, on the optical axis AXe, the centers of the arrangement regions of the plurality of light holes 58a provided on the upper side of the photoelectric layer 60 (here, the central axis of the main body portion 52 of the photoelectric capsule 50 is substantially the same). As shown in FIG. 2, the current limiting portions 38 b are formed on the base plate 38 so as to face the optical axes AXe of the 45 electron beam optical systems 70 respectively.

又,於底板38與光電元件54之間,配置有用以將從光電層60中射出之電子加速之引出電極112。此外,圖14(A)及圖14(B)中,圖示雖省略,但引出電極112可設置於例如蓋收納板68之圓形開口68c之周圍。當然,亦可將引出電極112與蓋收納板68分開而設置於其他構件上。 An extraction electrode 112 is disposed between the base plate 38 and the photovoltaic element 54 to accelerate electrons emitted from the photovoltaic layer 60. In addition, although the illustration is omitted in FIGS. 14 (A) and 14 (B), the lead-out electrode 112 may be provided around the circular opening 68c of the lid storage plate 68, for example. Of course, the lead-out electrode 112 and the cover storage plate 68 may be provided separately from each other.

曝光裝置100中,於上述鏡筒78、筐體19之第1部分19a、第2部分19b、以及平台腔室10中設置有維護用之開閉部。 In the exposure apparatus 100, the lens barrel 78, the first portion 19a, the second portion 19b of the casing 19, and the platform chamber 10 are provided with opening and closing portions for maintenance.

此處,以光電膠囊廠商所製造之光電膠囊之搬送、以及至曝光裝置廠商中將蓋構件打開為止之一系列流程為中心,對曝光裝置100之組裝之流程之一例進行說明。 Here, an example of a process of assembling the exposure apparatus 100 will be described focusing on a series of processes of transporting the photoelectric capsules manufactured by the photovoltaic capsule manufacturer and opening the cover member in the exposure apparatus manufacturer.

首先,於光電膠囊廠商之工廠之真空腔室120內,如圖4(A)中之向上之中空箭頭所示,蓋構件64向上方移動,以堵塞開口52c之方式,使蓋構件64與光電膠囊50之本體部52接觸。接著,如圖4(B)所示,於真空腔室120內使用彈簧及其他施力構件122,對蓋構件64施加向上之力(加壓)。此時,藉由加壓之作用,設置於本體部52之下端面上之O形環62完全被擠壓。而且,若於對蓋構件64施加有加壓之狀態下,將真空腔室120內進行大氣開放, 因光電膠囊50之內部為真空,故藉由大氣壓而將蓋構件64壓接於本體部52上。將施力構件122之加壓解除。圖4(C)中,示出該加壓經解除之狀態。該圖4(C)之狀態中,本體部52與蓋構件64一體化而構成光電膠囊50(於大氣壓下,光電膠囊50被屏蔽)。如上所述,複數個(至少45個)光電膠囊50於維持圖4(C)之狀態下,輸送至曝光裝置廠商之工廠。此外,亦可於蓋構件64之與本體部52對向之面上形成環狀之凹槽,而以將O形環62之一部分埋入該凹槽中之狀態來安裝。此外,於使蓋構件64與本體部52接觸之狀態下,若於大氣空間中亦可維持光電膠囊內部之空間之真空狀態,則亦可不設置O形環62等密封構件。 First, in the vacuum chamber 120 of the factory of the photovoltaic capsule manufacturer, as shown by the upward hollow arrow in FIG. 4 (A), the cover member 64 moves upward to block the opening 52c, so that the cover member 64 and the photovoltaic device The body portion 52 of the capsule 50 is in contact. Next, as shown in FIG. 4 (B), a spring and other urging members 122 are used in the vacuum chamber 120 to apply upward force (pressurization) to the cover member 64. At this time, the O-ring 62 provided on the lower end surface of the main body portion 52 is completely squeezed by the action of pressure. When the lid member 64 is pressurized, the inside of the vacuum chamber 120 is opened to the atmosphere. Since the inside of the photocapsule 50 is vacuum, the lid member 64 is crimped to the main body portion 52 by atmospheric pressure. on. The pressure of the urging member 122 is released. FIG. 4 (C) shows a state where the pressure is released. In the state of FIG. 4 (C), the main body portion 52 and the cover member 64 are integrated to form a photovoltaic capsule 50 (the photovoltaic capsule 50 is shielded at atmospheric pressure). As described above, a plurality of (at least 45) photoelectric capsules 50 are transported to a factory of an exposure device manufacturer while maintaining the state shown in FIG. 4 (C). In addition, a ring-shaped groove may be formed on a surface of the cover member 64 facing the main body portion 52, and a part of the O-ring 62 may be installed in the groove. In addition, in a state where the lid member 64 is in contact with the main body portion 52, if the vacuum state of the space inside the photoelectric capsule can be maintained in the atmospheric space, a sealing member such as an O-ring 62 may not be provided.

於曝光裝置廠商之工廠內,於搬送至無塵室內且已組裝於框架16上之電子束光學單元18A之第1板36上所形成之45個貫通孔36a之各個中,如圖5中向下之箭頭所表示,45個光電膠囊50從上方插入而組裝於第1板36上。於該組裝狀態下,於45個貫通孔36a中,以基本上無間隙之狀態插入有光電膠囊50之本體部52。又,此時,蓋收納板68之45個既定深度之圓孔68a分別位於45個光電膠囊50之正下方,且位於在蓋構件64與蓋收納板68之上表面之間存在既定間隙之高度位置。 Each of the 45 through-holes 36a formed on the first plate 36 of the electron beam optical unit 18A that has been transported to a clean room and assembled on the frame 16 in the factory of the exposure device manufacturer, as shown in FIG. 5 The lower arrow indicates that 45 photoelectric capsules 50 are inserted from above and assembled on the first plate 36. In this assembled state, the body portion 52 of the photoelectric capsule 50 is inserted into the 45 through-holes 36a in a substantially gap-free state. At this time, the 45 circular holes 68a of the predetermined depth of the lid storage plate 68 are located directly below the 45 photoelectric capsules 50, respectively, and at a height where a predetermined gap exists between the lid member 64 and the upper surface of the lid storage plate 68. position.

此外,於對框架16組裝電子束光學單元18A之前,進行平台系統14之組裝、所組裝之平台系統14於平台腔室10內之搬入、以及與平台系統14有關之必要調整等。 In addition, before assembling the electron beam optical unit 18A to the frame 16, the platform system 14 is assembled, the assembled platform system 14 is moved into the platform chamber 10, and necessary adjustments related to the platform system 14 are performed.

於光電膠囊50對第1板36組裝後,利用真空對應致動器66,如圖6所示,於上方驅動蓋收納板68,直至蓋構件64之一部分進入蓋收納板68之45個既定深度之圓孔68a之內部之位置為止。 After the photocapsule 50 is assembled to the first plate 36, the vacuum corresponding actuator 66 is used, as shown in FIG. 6, to drive the lid storage plate 68 above until a portion of the lid member 64 enters the 45 predetermined depths of the lid storage plate 68. Up to the position inside the round hole 68a.

其次,同時進行筐體19之第1部分19a內部與第2部分19b內部之抽真空(參照圖2)。又,與此同時進行平台腔室10內部之抽真空。 Next, the inside of the first portion 19a and the inside of the second portion 19b of the casing 19 are simultaneously evacuated (see FIG. 2). At the same time, the inside of the platform chamber 10 is evacuated.

此時,筐體19之第1部分19a內部進行抽真空,直至成為與光電膠囊50內部相同水準之高真空狀態為止,第1部分19a之內部成為第1真空室34(參照圖7)。此時,由於光電膠囊50內部之氣壓與外部(第1部分19a內部)之氣壓成為相符,故而如圖7所示,蓋構件64藉由自重而從本體部52上分離,完全收納於圓孔68a之內部。此外,於筐體19之第1部分19a內部之抽真空完畢之狀態下,複數個光電膠囊50各自所具有之光電元件54係作為將第1真空室34與其外側(筐體19之外部)之空間隔開之隔離壁(真空隔離壁)而發揮功能。第1真空室34之外側為大氣壓、或者較大氣壓稍微正壓。 At this time, the inside of the first portion 19a of the casing 19 is evacuated until it reaches a high vacuum state at the same level as the inside of the photoelectric capsule 50, and the inside of the first portion 19a becomes the first vacuum chamber 34 (see FIG. 7). At this time, since the air pressure inside the photoelectric capsule 50 matches the air pressure inside (the inside of the first part 19a), as shown in FIG. 7, the cover member 64 is separated from the body portion 52 by its own weight, and is completely accommodated in the round hole. 68a inside. In addition, in a state in which the inside of the first portion 19a of the casing 19 has been evacuated, the photoelectric elements 54 each of the plurality of photoelectric capsules 50 serve as the first vacuum chamber 34 and its outside (the outside of the casing 19). The partition wall (vacuum partition wall) separated by space functions. The outside of the first vacuum chamber 34 is at atmospheric pressure, or the atmospheric pressure is slightly positive.

另一方面,筐體19之第2部分19b內部亦可進行抽真空,直至成為與第1部分19a相同水準之高真空狀態為止,但亦可進行抽真空,直至成為較第1部分19a而言真空度低(壓力高)之水準之中真空狀態為止。本實施方式中,第1部分19a內部與第2部分19b內部由於可由限流部38b來實質上隔離,因此可進行上述操作。第2部分19b內部之抽真空完畢後,第2部分19a之內部成為第2真空室72。於將第2部分19b內部抽真空至中真空狀態之情形時,可縮短抽真空所需要之時間。平台腔室10之內部進行與第2部分19b之內部相同水準之抽真空。 On the other hand, the inside of the second part 19b of the casing 19 may be evacuated until it reaches a high vacuum state at the same level as the first part 19a, but it may be evacuated until it becomes more than the first part 19a. The vacuum level is low until the vacuum level is high (high pressure). In this embodiment, since the inside of the first portion 19a and the inside of the second portion 19b can be substantially isolated by the current limiting portion 38b, the above operations can be performed. After the evacuation inside the second portion 19b is completed, the inside of the second portion 19a becomes the second vacuum chamber 72. When the inside of the second part 19b is evacuated to a medium vacuum state, the time required for evacuating can be shortened. The inside of the platform chamber 10 is evacuated at the same level as the inside of the second part 19b.

第1部分19b之抽真空完畢後,藉由真空對應致動器66,蓋收納板68於XY平面內(及Z軸方向)驅動,形成於蓋收納板68上之45個圓形開口68c分別定位於45個電子束光學系統70之光軸AXe上。圖3中,示出如上所述於光軸AXe上定位有圓形開口68c之狀態。然後,進行所需之調整,電子束光學單元18A之組裝結束。 After the evacuation of the first part 19b is completed, the lid storage plate 68 is driven in the XY plane (and the Z axis direction) by the vacuum corresponding actuator 66, and 45 circular openings 68c formed on the lid storage plate 68 are respectively It is positioned on the optical axis AXe of the 45 electron beam optical systems 70. FIG. 3 shows a state where the circular opening 68c is positioned on the optical axis AXe as described above. Then, the required adjustment is performed, and the assembly of the electron beam optical unit 18A is completed.

接著,如圖1所示,於所組裝之電子束光學單元18A(第1板36)上,搭載有預先另行組裝之光學單元18B。此時,光學單元18B係以成為鏡筒78之內部之45個光照射裝置80分別與45個光電元件54之各個對應之配置的方 式,即,以投影光學系統86之光軸AXo與電子束光學系統70之光軸AXe基本上一致之狀態來搭載。而且,進行與光學單元18B有關之必要調整以及電子束光學單元18A與光學單元18B之間之必要調整,以及光學單元18B與電子束光學單元18A之相互之機械性連接、電路之配線連接、氣壓迴路之配管連接等,曝光裝置100之組裝完畢。 Next, as shown in FIG. 1, an optical unit 18B which is separately assembled in advance is mounted on the assembled electron beam optical unit 18A (the first plate 36). At this time, the optical unit 18B is arranged in such a manner that the 45 light irradiation devices 80 inside the lens barrel 78 correspond to each of the 45 photoelectric elements 54, namely, the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86 and the electron beam. The optical system 70 is mounted in a state where the optical axes AXe are substantially uniform. In addition, make necessary adjustments related to the optical unit 18B and necessary adjustments between the electron beam optical unit 18A and the optical unit 18B, and the mechanical connection between the optical unit 18B and the electron beam optical unit 18A, wiring connections of the circuit, and air pressure. The piping connection of the circuit, etc., completes the assembly of the exposure device 100.

此外,上述各部之必要調整中包括:對於各種光學系統之用以達成光學精度的調整、對於各種機械系統之用以達成機械精度之調整、對於各種電氣系統之用以達成電性精度之調整。 In addition, the necessary adjustments of the aforementioned sections include: adjustments to achieve optical accuracy for various optical systems, adjustments to achieve mechanical accuracy for various mechanical systems, and adjustments to achieve electrical accuracy for various electrical systems.

如至此為止之說明所明示,本實施方式之曝光裝置100中,如圖17所示,曝光時,於圖案產生器84之受光面上,對X軸方向之長度為S mm、Y軸方向之長度為T mm之矩形區域之內部照射射束,藉由該照射,來自圖案產生器84之光藉由具有縮小倍率1/4之投影光學系統86而照射至光電元件54,進一步藉由該照射而生成之電子束經由具有縮小倍率1/50之電子束光學系統70,而照射至像面(與像面對準之晶圓面)上之矩形區域(曝光場)。即,本實施方式之曝光裝置100中,包含光照射裝置80(投影光學系統86)、與其對應之光電元件54、與該等對應之電子束光學系統70、以及反射電子檢測裝置106,而構成縮小倍率1/200之直筒型之多射束光學系統200(參照圖18),於XY平面內以上述矩陣狀之配置而具有45個該多射束光學系統200。因此,本實施方式之曝光裝置100之光學系統係具有45個縮小倍率為1/200之縮小光學系統之多列電子束光學系統。 As is clear from the description so far, as shown in FIG. 17, in the exposure apparatus 100 according to this embodiment, during exposure, the length of the X-axis direction on the light-receiving surface of the pattern generator 84 is S mm and the Y-axis direction. The internally irradiated beam of a rectangular region having a length of T mm is irradiated with the light from the pattern generator 84 through the projection optical system 86 having a reduction magnification of 1/4 to the photovoltaic element 54 and further by the irradiation. The generated electron beam is irradiated to a rectangular area (exposure field) on an image plane (a wafer surface aligned with the image plane) through an electron beam optical system 70 having a reduction ratio of 1/50. That is, the exposure apparatus 100 according to this embodiment includes a light irradiation device 80 (projection optical system 86), a corresponding photoelectric element 54, a corresponding electron beam optical system 70, and a reflected electron detection device 106. The straight multi-beam optical system 200 (see FIG. 18) with a reduction magnification of 1/200 has 45 such multi-beam optical systems 200 in the above-mentioned matrix configuration in the XY plane. Therefore, the optical system of the exposure apparatus 100 of this embodiment is a multi-row electron beam optical system having 45 reduction optical systems with a reduction magnification of 1/200.

又,曝光裝置100中,以直徑為300毫米之300毫米晶圓作為曝光對象,與晶圓對向而配置45根電子束光學系統70,因此將電子束光學系統70之光軸AXe之配置間隔設為43mm來作為一例。如此一來,1個電子束光學系統70所負責之曝光區域成為最大為43mm×43mm之矩形區域,因此,若如上所述, 晶圓平台WST之X軸方向及Y軸方向之移動衝程有50mm,則充分。此外,電子光學系統70之數量並不限定於45根,可基於晶圓之直徑、晶圓平台WST之衝程等來決定。 In the exposure apparatus 100, a 300-mm-diameter 300-mm wafer is used as an exposure target, and 45 electron beam optical systems 70 are arranged opposite to the wafer. Therefore, the optical axis AXe of the electron beam optical system 70 is arranged at intervals. 43 mm is taken as an example. In this way, the exposure area under the responsibility of one electron beam optical system 70 becomes a rectangular area with a maximum size of 43 mm × 43 mm. Therefore, as described above, the movement stroke of the wafer stage WST in the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction is 50 mm. Is sufficient. In addition, the number of the electro-optical systems 70 is not limited to 45, and can be determined based on the diameter of the wafer, the stroke of the wafer stage WST, and the like.

圖18中,以方塊圖來表示主要構成曝光裝置100之控制系統的主控制裝置110之輸入輸出關係。主控制裝置110包含微電腦等,對包含圖18所示之各部的曝光裝置100之構成各部總括地控制。圖18中,與控制部11連接之光照射裝置80包含:基於來自主控制裝置110之指示而由控制部11所控制之雷射二極體88、AO偏向器90、繞射光學元件92、以及照度分佈調整元件94。又,與控制部11連接之電子束光學系統70包含:基於來自主控制裝置110之指示而由控制部11所控制之一對電磁透鏡70a、70b以及靜電多極70c(第1靜電透鏡70c1及第2靜電透鏡70c2)。又,圖18中,符號500表示包含上述多射束光學系統200、控制部11、及訊號處理裝置108而構成之曝光單元。曝光裝置100中,設置有45個曝光單元500。 In FIG. 18, the input-output relationship of the main control device 110 mainly constituting the control system of the exposure device 100 is shown in a block diagram. The main control device 110 includes a microcomputer and the like, and collectively controls the components of the exposure device 100 including the components shown in FIG. 18. In FIG. 18, the light irradiation device 80 connected to the control section 11 includes a laser diode 88 controlled by the control section 11 based on an instruction from the main control device 110, an AO deflector 90, a diffractive optical element 92, And an illumination distribution adjustment element 94. The electron beam optical system 70 connected to the control unit 11 includes a pair of electromagnetic lenses 70a and 70b and an electrostatic multipole 70c (first electrostatic lens 70c 1 ) controlled by the control unit 11 based on an instruction from the main control device 110. And the second electrostatic lens 70c 2 ). In FIG. 18, reference numeral 500 denotes an exposure unit including the above-described multi-beam optical system 200, the control unit 11, and the signal processing device 108. The exposure apparatus 100 is provided with 45 exposure units 500.

但,曝光裝置100中,由於如下所述之原因,不為正方形,而採用矩形(長方形)之曝光場。 However, in the exposure apparatus 100, a rectangular (rectangular) exposure field is used instead of a square for reasons described below.

圖19中,於表示電子束光學系統之直徑D之有效區域(像差有效區域)之圓內,圖示出正方形場SF及矩形場RF。如該圖19所明示,若欲最大限度地使用電子束光學系統之有效區域,則較佳為正方形場SF。但,於正方形場SF之情形時,如圖19所示,場幅損失30%(1/√2)左右。例如,若為具有60:11之縱橫比之矩形場RF,則有效區域大致成為場幅。此於多列中成為較大的優點。除此以外,亦具有檢測對準標記時之標記檢測感度提高之優點。不論場之形狀如何,照射至場內之電子之總量相同,故而與正方形場相比,矩形場之電流密度大,因此,即便對晶圓上之更小面積配置標記,亦可以充分之檢測感度來檢測。又,與正方形場相比,矩形場之像差管理容易。 In FIG. 19, a square field SF and a rectangular field RF are shown in a circle representing an effective area (aberration effective area) of the diameter D of the electron beam optical system. As clearly shown in FIG. 19, if the effective area of the electron beam optical system is to be used to the maximum, the square field SF is preferable. However, in the case of a square field SF, as shown in FIG. 19, the field amplitude is lost by about 30% (1 / √2). For example, in the case of a rectangular field RF having an aspect ratio of 60:11, the effective area is approximately the field width. This becomes a big advantage in multiple columns. In addition, there is an advantage that the mark detection sensitivity is improved when the alignment mark is detected. Regardless of the shape of the field, the total amount of electrons irradiated into the field is the same. Therefore, the rectangular field has a higher current density than the square field. Therefore, even if a smaller area of the wafer is provided with a mark, it can be fully detected Sensitivity to detect. In addition, compared with a square field, the aberration management of a rectangular field is easier.

圖19中,正方形場SF及矩形場RF中之任一曝光場均設定為包含電子束光學系統之光軸AXe。但是,並不限定於此,亦可以不包含光軸AXe之方式,將曝光場設定於像差有效區域內。又,亦可將曝光場設定為矩形(包含正方形)以外之形狀,例如圓弧狀。 In FIG. 19, the exposure field of either the square field SF or the rectangular field RF is set to include the optical axis AXe of the electron beam optical system. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the exposure field may be set in the aberration effective region without including the optical axis AXe. Moreover, the exposure field may be set to a shape other than a rectangle (including a square), for example, an arc shape.

其次,以本實施方式之曝光裝置100,對晶圓W之曝光中進行之劑量控制進行說明。 Next, with the exposure apparatus 100 of this embodiment, the dose control performed in the exposure of the wafer W will be described.

曝光場內之照度不均係藉由主控制裝置110於後述曝光時,使用照度分佈調整元件94,對每個結晶,藉由上述施加電壓之控制而進行偏光狀態之可變控制,對與各個結晶對應之每個區域(與各個結晶對應之圖案產生器84之受光面上之區域)進行光強度(照度)之控制,從而進行光電層60之電子發射面上之面內之照度分佈、以及與其對應之晶圓面上之曝光場RF內之照度分佈之調整。即,對照射至曝光場RF之複數個電子束之各自之強度進行適當調整。此外,本實施方式之曝光裝置100中,由於圖案產生器84係由GLV所構成,故而主控制裝置110可使用圖案產生器84自身來產生半色調,因此亦可藉由調整照射至光電層60上之各個光束之強度,來調整光電層60之電子發射面上之面內之照度分佈、以及與其對應之晶圓面上之曝光場RF內之照度分佈,即進行劑量控制。當然,主控制裝置110亦可將照度分佈調整元件94與圖案產生器84併用,來調整光電層60之電子發射面上之面內之照度分佈。 The illuminance unevenness in the exposure field is controlled by the main control device 110 when the exposure is described later, using the illuminance distribution adjustment element 94, for each crystal, the variable polarization state is controlled by the above-mentioned control of the applied voltage. Each area corresponding to the crystal (the area on the light-receiving surface of the pattern generator 84 corresponding to each crystal) is controlled for light intensity (illumination) so as to perform in-plane illumination distribution on the electron emission surface of the photoelectric layer 60, and Adjustment of the illuminance distribution in the exposure field RF corresponding to the wafer surface. That is, the respective intensities of the plurality of electron beams irradiated to the exposure field RF are appropriately adjusted. In addition, in the exposure device 100 of this embodiment, since the pattern generator 84 is composed of GLV, the main control device 110 can use the pattern generator 84 itself to generate halftones, so it can also be adjusted to irradiate the photovoltaic layer 60. The intensity of each light beam above is used to adjust the illuminance distribution in the plane of the electron emission surface of the photoelectric layer 60 and the illuminance distribution in the exposure field RF on the wafer surface corresponding thereto, that is, dose control. Of course, the main control device 110 may also use the illuminance distribution adjusting element 94 and the pattern generator 84 together to adjust the in-plane illuminance distribution on the electron emission surface of the photoelectric layer 60.

此外,作為光電層60之電子發射面上之面內之照度分佈之調整之前提,以藉由光電轉換而從光電層60之電子發射面上生成之複數個電子束之強度(電子束之照度、射束電流量)成為幾乎相同之方式,來調整於圖案產生器84中產生且照射至光電層60上之複數個射束之強度。該射束之強度之調整可於照明系統82內進行,亦可於圖案產生器84中進行,亦可於投影光學系統86內進行。但,關於藉由光電轉換而從光電層60之電子發射面上生成之複數個電子 束之強度(電子束之照度、射束電流量),亦可以使至少一部分之射束與其他射束不同之方式,來調整複數個射束之強度。 In addition, as the adjustment of the illuminance distribution in the plane of the electron emission surface of the photoelectric layer 60, the intensity of a plurality of electron beams (irradiance of the electron beam) generated from the electron emission surface of the photoelectric layer 60 by photoelectric conversion is mentioned before. , Beam current amount) become almost the same way to adjust the intensity of a plurality of beams generated in the pattern generator 84 and irradiated onto the photoelectric layer 60. The adjustment of the intensity of the beam can be performed in the illumination system 82, the pattern generator 84, or the projection optical system 86. However, regarding the intensity of the plurality of electron beams (irradiance of the electron beam and beam current) generated from the electron emission surface of the photoelectric layer 60 by photoelectric conversion, at least a part of the beam may be different from other beams. Method to adjust the intensity of the plurality of beams.

此外,形成於晶圓上之抗蝕劑層並非僅受到光電層60之電子發射面上之面內之照度分佈的影響,還受到其他要因,例如電子之前向散射、後向散射、或者成霧等之影響。 In addition, the resist layer formed on the wafer is not only affected by the in-plane illuminance distribution on the electron-emitting surface of the photovoltaic layer 60, but also by other factors, such as forward scattering of electrons, backward scattering, or fogging And other effects.

此處,所謂前向散射,意指射入至晶圓表面之抗蝕劑層內之電子於到達晶圓表面之前,於抗蝕劑層內散射之現象;所謂後向散射,意指經由抗蝕劑層而到達晶圓表面之電子於晶圓表面或者其內部散射而再次射入至抗蝕劑層內,向周圍散射之現象。又,所謂成霧,係指來自抗蝕劑層之表面之反射電子於例如冷卻板74之底面上再反射,而於周圍增加劑量之現象。 Here, the so-called forward scattering refers to the phenomenon in which electrons incident on the resist layer on the wafer surface are scattered in the resist layer before reaching the wafer surface; the so-called back scattering means that via the anti- The electrons that reach the wafer surface from the etchant layer are scattered on the wafer surface or inside and re-emitted into the resist layer and scattered to the surroundings. The term "fogging" refers to a phenomenon in which the reflected electrons from the surface of the resist layer are re-reflected on the bottom surface of the cooling plate 74, and the dose is increased in the surroundings.

如上述說明所明示,受到前向散射之影響的範圍比後向散射及成霧狹窄,因此於曝光裝置100中,於前向散射、與後向散射及成霧中,採用不同之修正方法。 As is clear from the above description, the range affected by forward scattering is narrower than that of back scattering and fogging. Therefore, in the exposure device 100, different correction methods are used for forward scattering, and back scattering and fogging.

用以減輕前向散射成分之影響的PEC(Proximity Effect Correction,鄰近效應修正)中,主控制裝置110估算前向散射成分之影響,經由控制部11來調整使用圖案產生器84(及/或照度分佈調整元件94)之面內之照度分佈。 In PEC (Proximity Effect Correction) to reduce the influence of the forward scattering component, the main control device 110 estimates the influence of the forward scattering component and adjusts the use of the pattern generator 84 (and / or illuminance) through the control unit 11 The illumination distribution in the plane of the distribution adjusting element 94).

另一方面,用以減輕後向散射成分之影響的PEC、以及用以減輕成霧之影響的FEC(Fogging Effect Correction,成霧效應修正)中,主控制裝置110係經由控制部11,使用照度分佈調整元件94,以某種程度之空間頻率來調整面內之照度分佈。 On the other hand, in the PEC to reduce the influence of the backscattering component and the FEC (Fogging Effect Correction) to reduce the influence of fogging, the main control device 110 uses the illuminance through the control unit 11 The distribution adjusting element 94 adjusts the in-plane illuminance distribution at a certain spatial frequency.

但,本實施方式之曝光裝置100例如用於互補式微影術。於該情形時,於例如使用ArF光源之液浸曝光中,將藉由利用雙重圖案化等而形成有L/S圖案之晶圓作為曝光對象,用於形成用以將該線圖案切斷之切割圖案。曝 光裝置100中,可形成與形成於光電元件54之遮光膜58上之72000個光孔58a分別對應之切割圖案。 However, the exposure apparatus 100 according to this embodiment is used for, for example, complementary lithography. In this case, in a liquid immersion exposure using an ArF light source, for example, a wafer having an L / S pattern formed by using a double patterning or the like is used as an exposure object for forming a pattern for cutting the line pattern. Cutting pattern. In the exposure apparatus 100, a cutting pattern corresponding to 72,000 light holes 58a formed on the light shielding film 58 of the photovoltaic element 54 can be formed.

本實施方式中之對晶圓之處理之流程如下。 The processing flow of the wafer in this embodiment is as follows.

首先,塗佈有電子束抗蝕劑之曝光前之晶圓W於平台腔室10內載置於晶圓平台WST上,由靜電夾具所吸附。 First, a wafer W coated with an electron beam resist before exposure is placed on a wafer stage WST in the stage chamber 10 and is adsorbed by an electrostatic jig.

對與形成於晶圓平台WST上之晶圓W上的例如45個投射區域分別對應而形成為刻劃線(街道線)之至少各1個對準標記,從各電子束光學系統70中照射電子束,來自至少各1個對準標記之反射電子係由反射電子檢測裝置106x1、106x2、106y1、106y2中之至少1個來檢測,進行晶圓W1之全點對準測量,基於該全點對準測量之結果,對晶圓W1上之複數個投射區域,開始進行使用45個曝光單元500(多射束光學系統200)之曝光。例如於互補式微影術之情形時,當使用從各多射束光學系統200中射出之多數個射束(電子束),來形成與形成於晶圓W上之以X軸方向為週期方向之L/S圖案相對之切割圖案時,一面於Y軸方向上掃描晶圓W(晶圓平台WST),一面控制各射束之照射時機(開‧關)。此外,亦可不進行全點對準測量,而檢測與晶圓W之一部分投射區域對應而形成之對準標記,基於其結果來實行45個投射區域之曝光。又,本實施方式中,曝光單元500之數量與投射區域之數量相同,但亦可不同。例如,曝光單元500之數量亦可少於投射區域之數量。 At least one alignment mark corresponding to, for example, 45 projection areas on the wafer W formed on the wafer stage WST and formed as a score line (street line) is irradiated from each electron beam optical system 70 Electron beam, the reflected electrons from at least one alignment mark are detected by at least one of the reflected electron detection devices 106 x1 , 106 x2 , 106 y1 , and 106 y2 , and a full-point alignment measurement of the wafer W 1 is performed Based on the results of the omni-point alignment measurement, exposure to the plurality of projection areas on the wafer W 1 using 45 exposure units 500 (multi-beam optical system 200) is started. For example, in the case of complementary lithography, when a plurality of beams (electron beams) emitted from each multi-beam optical system 200 are used to form and form the wafer W with the X-axis direction as a periodic direction When the L / S pattern is opposite to the cutting pattern, the wafer W (wafer table WST) is scanned in the Y-axis direction, and the irradiation timing (on, off) of each beam is controlled. In addition, instead of performing full-point alignment measurement, an alignment mark formed corresponding to a part of the projected area of the wafer W may be detected, and exposure of 45 projected areas may be performed based on the result. In this embodiment, the number of exposure units 500 is the same as the number of projection areas, but may be different. For example, the number of exposure units 500 may be less than the number of projection areas.

此處,對使用圖案產生器84之曝光順序進行說明。此處,將於晶圓上之某區域內相互鄰接而XY二維配置之多數個10nm見方(與經過光孔58a之射束之照射區域一致)之像素區域虛擬地設定,對將該所有像素進行曝光之情形加以說明。又,此處,作為條帶行,設為具有A、B、C、……、K、L之12個條帶行者。 Here, the exposure sequence using the pattern generator 84 will be described. Here, a plurality of pixel areas of 10 nm square (which coincide with the irradiation area of the beam passing through the light hole 58a) adjacent to each other in a certain area on the wafer and arranged in an XY two-dimensional manner are virtually set. The case of exposure will be described. Here, as the stripe row, it is assumed that there are 12 stripeers of A, B, C,..., K, and L.

若著眼於條帶行A來進行說明,則對於在晶圓上排列於X軸方向 上之某列(設為第K列)之連續之6000像素區域,開始進行使用條帶行A之曝光。於該曝光開始之時刻,由條帶行A所反射之射束設為位於原位者。而且,從曝光開始起追隨晶圓W之+Y方向(或-Y方向)之掃描,而將射束向+Y方向(或-Y方向)偏向,同時對同一6000像素區域繼續進行曝光。而且,若例如以時間Ta[s]來結束該6000像素區域之曝光,則於其間,晶圓平台WST以速度V[nm/s],行進例如Ta×V[nm]。此處,為方便起見,設為Ta×V=96[nm]。 If the description is focused on the strip line A, the exposure using the strip line A is started for a continuous 6000 pixel area arranged in a certain column (set as the Kth column) in the X-axis direction on the wafer. At the moment when the exposure starts, the beam reflected by the stripe row A is set to be in place. Furthermore, from the beginning of the exposure, following the scanning in the + Y direction (or -Y direction) of the wafer W, the beam is deflected in the + Y direction (or -Y direction), and the same 6000 pixel area is continuously exposed. Moreover, if the exposure of the 6000 pixel area is ended with time Ta [s], for example, the wafer stage WST travels at a speed V [nm / s] during the time, such as Ta × V [nm]. Here, for convenience, it is set to Ta × V = 96 [nm].

接著,於晶圓平台WST以速度V在+Y方向上掃描24nm之期間,使射束返回至原位。此時,以實際上晶圓上之抗蝕劑未感光之方式將射束設為關閉。該射束之關閉係使用AO偏向器90來進行。 Next, the beam is returned to the original position while the wafer stage WST is scanned at a speed V in the + Y direction for 24 nm. At this time, the beam is turned off so that the resist on the wafer is not actually exposed. The beam is closed using an AO deflector 90.

此時,由於從上述曝光開始時刻起,晶圓平台WST向+Y方向行進120nm,故而第(K+12)列之連續之6000像素區域位於與曝光開始時刻之第K列6000像素區域相同之位置。 At this time, since the wafer stage WST travels 120nm in the + Y direction from the above-mentioned exposure start time, the continuous 6000-pixel area of the (K + 12) th column is located the same as the 6000-pixel area of the Kth column at the exposure start time. position.

因此,同樣,一面使晶圓平台WST偏向追隨射束,一面將第(K+12)列之連續之6000像素區域進行曝光。 Therefore, similarly, while the wafer stage WST is biased toward the following beam, the continuous 6000-pixel area of the (K + 12) th column is exposed.

實際上,與第K列之6000像素區域之曝光之同時,第(K+1)列~第(K+11)列各自之6000像素係作為條帶行而由B、C、……、K、L所曝光。 In fact, at the same time as the exposure of the 6000-pixel area of the K-th column, the 6000-pixels of the (K + 1)-(K + 11) -th column are used as stripe rows by B, C, ..., K , L exposure.

如此一來,對於晶圓上之X軸方向之長度為60μm之範圍之區域,可一面使晶圓平台WST於Y軸方向上掃描,一面進行曝光(掃描曝光),若使晶圓平台WST於X軸方向上步進60μm來進行同樣之掃描曝光,則可將於該X軸方向上鄰接之長度為60μm之範圍之區域進行曝光。因此,藉由將上述掃描曝光與晶圓平台之X軸方向之步進交替地反覆進行,則可利用1個曝光單元500來進行晶圓上之1個投射區域之曝光。又,實際上,由於可使用45個曝光單元500來同時將晶圓上之彼此不同之投射區域進行曝光,故而可進行晶圓全面之 曝光。 In this way, for a region with a length of 60 μm in the X-axis direction on the wafer, the wafer platform WST can be scanned in the Y-axis direction while exposure (scanning exposure) can be performed. If the same scanning exposure is performed in steps of 60 μm in the X-axis direction, exposure can be performed in a region having a range of 60 μm adjacent in the X-axis direction. Therefore, by alternately performing the scanning exposure and the step of the X-axis direction of the wafer platform alternately, one exposure unit 500 can be used to expose one projection area on the wafer. In addition, in fact, since 45 exposure units 500 can be used to simultaneously expose different projection areas on a wafer, a full wafer exposure can be performed.

此外,曝光裝置100用於互補式微影術,用於形成與形成於晶圓W上之例如以X軸方向作為週期方向之L/S圖案相對之切割圖案,因此於圖案產生器84中,可將由72000個條帶84b中之任意之條帶84b所反射之射束設為開啟,而形成切割圖案。於該情形時,72000根射束可同時設為開啟狀態,亦可不設為開啟狀態。 In addition, the exposure device 100 is used for complementary lithography to form a cutting pattern opposite to the L / S pattern formed on the wafer W with, for example, the X-axis direction as a periodic direction. Therefore, in the pattern generator 84, The beam reflected by any one of the 72,000 strips 84b is turned on to form a cutting pattern. In this case, 72,000 beams can be set on or off at the same time.

本實施方式之曝光裝置100中,於基於上述曝光順序之對晶圓W之掃描曝光中,藉由主控制裝置110,基於位置測量系統28之測量值來控制平台驅動系統26,並且經由各曝光單元500之控制部11來控制光照射裝置80及電子束光學系統70。此時,基於主控制裝置110之指示,藉由控制部11來視需要進行上述劑量控制。 In the exposure apparatus 100 of this embodiment, in the scanning exposure of the wafer W based on the above-mentioned exposure sequence, the main control device 110 controls the platform driving system 26 based on the measurement values of the position measurement system 28, and passes each exposure The control unit 11 of the unit 500 controls the light irradiation device 80 and the electron beam optical system 70. At this time, based on an instruction from the main control device 110, the above-mentioned dose control is performed by the control unit 11 as necessary.

但,以上所說明之劑量控制係藉由控制照度分佈調整元件94或圖案產生器84、或者照度分佈調整元件94及圖案產生器84而進行之劑量控制,故而可稱為動態劑量控制。 However, the dose control described above is dose control performed by controlling the illuminance distribution adjusting element 94 or the pattern generator 84, or the illuminance distribution adjusting element 94 and the pattern generator 84, so it can be called dynamic dose control.

然而,曝光裝置100中可採用之劑量控制並不限定於此,亦可採用如以下所述之劑量控制。 However, the dose control that can be used in the exposure apparatus 100 is not limited to this, and the dose control as described below can also be used.

例如由於由光學系統引起之模糊(斑點)及/或抗蝕劑模糊,而如圖20(A)所示,晶圓上本來應為正方形(或矩形)之切割圖案(抗蝕劑圖案)CP存在例如4角(角落)圓角化而成為切割圖案CP'之情形。本實施方式中,如圖20(B)所示,亦可經由在形成於遮光膜58上之光孔58a之4角設置有輔助圖案58c之非矩形之光孔58a',將光束照射至光電層60,將藉由光電轉換而發生之電子束經由電子束光學系統70而照射至晶圓上,藉此,將與非矩形之光孔58a'之形狀不同之形狀的電子束之照射區域形成於晶圓上。於該情形時,電子束之照射區域之形狀、與應形成於晶圓上之切割圖案CP之形狀可相同,亦可 不同。例如,於基本上可忽略抗蝕劑模糊之影響之情形時,若以電子束之照射區域之形狀成為與所需之切割圖案CP之形狀(例如矩形或正方形)大致相同之方式來決定光孔58a'之形狀即可。亦可不將該情形時之光孔58a'之使用視為劑量控制。 For example, due to blur (speckle) and / or resist blur caused by the optical system, as shown in FIG. 20 (A), the wafer should have a square (or rectangular) cutting pattern (resist pattern) CP. For example, four corners (corners) may be rounded to form the cutting pattern CP ′. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 20 (B), the light beam may also be irradiated to the photoelectric device through non-rectangular light holes 58a 'provided with auxiliary patterns 58c at the four corners of the light holes 58a formed on the light-shielding film 58. The layer 60 irradiates the electron beam generated by the photoelectric conversion onto the wafer through the electron beam optical system 70, thereby forming an irradiation region of the electron beam having a shape different from that of the non-rectangular light hole 58a '. On the wafer. In this case, the shape of the irradiation area of the electron beam and the shape of the cutting pattern CP to be formed on the wafer may be the same or different. For example, when the effect of the blur of the resist can be basically ignored, if the shape of the irradiation area of the electron beam becomes substantially the same as the shape of the desired cutting pattern CP (for example, rectangular or square), the optical hole is determined. The shape of 58a 'is sufficient. The use of the light hole 58a 'in this case may not be regarded as dose control.

此處,光孔58a'中,無需於矩形之光孔58a之4角全部設置輔助圖案58c,亦可僅於光孔58a之4角中的至少一部分上設置輔助圖案58c。又,亦可僅於形成於遮光膜58上之複數個光孔58a'之一部分中,於矩形之光孔58a之4角全部設置輔助圖案58c。又,亦可將形成於遮光膜58上之複數個光孔之一部分設為光孔58a',且將其餘設為光孔58a。即,無需將形成於遮光膜58上之複數個光孔58a'之全部之形狀設為相同。此外認為,光孔之形狀、大小等亦可基於模擬結果來設計,但理想為,基於實際之曝光結果,例如基於電子束光學系統70之特性而最佳化。無論如何,以抑制晶圓(目標)上之照射區域之角部之圓角化之方式,來決定光孔各自之形狀。此外,前向散射成分之影響亦可藉由光孔形狀來減輕。 Here, in the light holes 58a ', it is not necessary to provide auxiliary patterns 58c on all four corners of the rectangular light holes 58a, and it is also possible to provide auxiliary patterns 58c only on at least a part of the four corners of the light holes 58a. In addition, the auxiliary patterns 58c may be provided on all of the four corners of the rectangular light holes 58a only in a part of the plurality of light holes 58a ′ formed on the light shielding film 58. In addition, a part of the plurality of light holes formed on the light shielding film 58 may be a light hole 58a ′, and the rest may be light holes 58a. That is, it is not necessary to make all the shapes of the plurality of light holes 58 a ′ formed in the light shielding film 58 the same. In addition, it is thought that the shape and size of the light hole can also be designed based on the simulation results, but it is desirable to optimize based on the actual exposure results, for example, based on the characteristics of the electron beam optical system 70. In any case, the shape of each light hole is determined by suppressing the rounding of the corners of the irradiation area on the wafer (target). In addition, the influence of the forward scattering component can also be reduced by the shape of the light hole.

此外,例如,於可基本上忽略由光學系統引起之模糊之情形時,光孔58a'之形狀與電子束之照射區域之形狀亦可相同。 In addition, for example, when the blur caused by the optical system can be substantially ignored, the shape of the light hole 58a 'and the irradiation area of the electron beam may be the same.

曝光裝置100中,具有複數個電子束光學系統70,其中一例為具有45個,但該45個電子束光學系統70係以滿足同樣規格之方式,經過同樣之製造步驟來製造,因此如例如圖21(A)中示意性所示,曝光場變形之固有之畸變(歪曲像差)於45個電子束光學系統70中共通發生。該複數個電子束光學系統70中共通之畸變係如圖21(B)中示意性所示,可將位於光電層60上之遮光膜58上之光孔58a之配置設為消除或減少上述畸變之配置來修正。此外,圖21(A)之圓表示電子束光學系統70之像差有效區域。 The exposure device 100 includes a plurality of electron beam optical systems 70, one of which is 45, but the 45 electron beam optical systems 70 are manufactured in a manner that satisfies the same specifications and undergoes the same manufacturing steps. As shown schematically in 21 (A), the inherent distortion (distortion aberration) of the exposure field distortion occurs in common in the 45 electron beam optical systems 70. The distortion common to the plurality of electron beam optical systems 70 is shown schematically in FIG. 21 (B). The arrangement of the light holes 58a on the light shielding film 58 on the photoelectric layer 60 can be set to eliminate or reduce the above-mentioned distortion. Configuration. The circle in FIG. 21 (A) indicates the aberration effective area of the electron beam optical system 70.

圖21(B)中,為便於理解,各光孔58a不為矩形,而表示為平 行四邊形等,但實際上,遮光膜58上之光孔58a係以矩形或正方形來形成。該例表示如下情形:藉由沿著繞線型畸變形狀,將複數個光孔58a配置於光電層60上,來抵消、或減少電子束光學系統70所固有之桶型畸變。此外,電子束光學系統70之畸變並不限定於桶型畸變,例如於電子束光學系統70之畸變為繞線型畸變之情形時,為了消除或減少其影響,亦可將複數個光孔58a配置為桶型畸變形狀。又,亦可根據各光孔58a之配置而調整來自投影光學系統86之複數個光束之位置,亦可不調整。 In Fig. 21 (B), for convenience of understanding, each light hole 58a is not rectangular, but is shown as a parallelogram, etc. However, in fact, the light hole 58a in the light shielding film 58 is formed as a rectangle or a square. This example shows a case where a plurality of optical holes 58a are arranged on the photoelectric layer 60 along a winding-type distortion shape to cancel or reduce barrel distortion inherent in the electron beam optical system 70. In addition, the distortion of the electron beam optical system 70 is not limited to barrel distortion. For example, when the distortion of the electron beam optical system 70 is a winding distortion, in order to eliminate or reduce the effect, a plurality of light holes 58a may be arranged. Distorted barrel shape. In addition, the positions of the plurality of light beams from the projection optical system 86 may be adjusted or not adjusted according to the arrangement of each light hole 58a.

如以上所說明,本實施方式之曝光裝置100具備45個包含多射束光學系統200、控制部11、及訊號處理裝置108而構成之曝光單元500(參照圖18)。多射束光學系統200包含光照射裝置80、及電子束光學系統70。光照射裝置80包含:圖案產生器84,其可提供可各別控制之複數個光束;照明系統82,其對圖案產生器84照射照明光;以及投影光學系統86,其將來自圖案產生器84之複數個光束照射至光電元件54;並且電子束光學系統70將藉由對光電元件54照射複數個光束而從光電元件54中發射之電子,作為複數個電子束而照射至晶圓W上。因此,依據曝光裝置100,由於不存在遮沒光孔,故而由充電或磁化所引起之複雜畸變之發生源根本上消失,並且對目標之曝光無幫助之無用電子(反射電子)成為零,因此可排除長期性之不穩定要素。 As described above, the exposure apparatus 100 according to this embodiment includes 45 exposure units 500 (see FIG. 18) including a multi-beam optical system 200, a control unit 11, and a signal processing device 108. The multi-beam optical system 200 includes a light irradiation device 80 and an electron beam optical system 70. The light irradiation device 80 includes a pattern generator 84 that can provide a plurality of individually controllable light beams, an illumination system 82 that irradiates the pattern generator 84 with illumination light, and a projection optical system 86 that will be from the pattern generator 84 The plurality of light beams are irradiated onto the photoelectric element 54; and the electron beam optical system 70 irradiates the electrons emitted from the photoelectric element 54 by irradiating the plurality of light beams to the photoelectric element 54 as a plurality of electron beams onto the wafer W. Therefore, according to the exposure device 100, since there is no obstructing light hole, the source of the complex distortion caused by charging or magnetization basically disappears, and unnecessary electrons (reflected electrons) that are not helpful for the exposure of the target become zero, so Can eliminate long-term unstable factors.

又,藉由本實施方式之曝光裝置100,於實際之晶圓之曝光時,主控制裝置110經由平台驅動系統26而控制將晶圓W加以保持之晶圓平台WST之Y軸方向之掃描(移動)。與此同時,主控制裝置110對於曝光單元500之m個(例如45個)多射束光學系統200之每一個,使從光電元件54之n個(例如72000個)光孔58a中分別通過之n根射束之照射狀態(開啟狀態及關閉狀態)於每個光孔58a中分別變化,並且使用照度分佈調整元件94而對與各個結晶對應之每個分割區域,或者使用圖案產生器84而對每個射束進行光束之強度調 整。 In addition, with the exposure device 100 of this embodiment, during the actual exposure of the wafer, the main control device 110 controls the scanning (movement in the Y-axis direction) of the wafer stage WST that holds the wafer W via the stage driving system 26. ). At the same time, the main control device 110 passes each of the m (for example, 45) multi-beam optical systems 200 of the exposure unit 500 through the n (for example, 72,000) light holes 58a of the photoelectric element 54 respectively. The irradiation states (on and off states) of the n beams are individually changed in each light hole 58a, and each divided region corresponding to each crystal is illuminated using an illumination distribution adjustment element 94, or a pattern generator 84 is used. The intensity of the beam is adjusted for each beam.

又,曝光裝置100中,藉由靜電多極70c之第1靜電透鏡70c1,來高速、且各別地修正由隨著總電流量之變化而產生之庫倫效應所引起之關於X軸方向及Y軸方向之縮小倍率(之變化)。又,曝光裝置100中,藉由第2靜電透鏡70c2,總括地修正由各種振動等所引起之射束之照射位置偏移(光學圖案中之明像素,即,後述切割圖案之投影位置偏移)。 In the exposure device 100, the first electrostatic lens 70c 1 of the electrostatic multipole 70c is used to rapidly and separately correct the X-axis direction and the X-axis direction caused by the Coulomb effect caused by the change in the total current amount. Y-axis direction reduction ratio (change). In the exposure device 100, the second electrostatic lens 70c 2 is used to collectively correct the deviation of the irradiation position of the beam caused by various vibrations (the bright pixels in the optical pattern, that is, the projection position of the cutting pattern described later is misaligned). shift).

藉此,可於微細之線與空間圖案之所需線上之所需位置上形成切割圖案,可進行高精度且高處理量之曝光,上述線與空間圖案係藉由例如使用ArF液浸曝光裝置之雙重圖案化等,而預先形成於晶圓上之例如45個投射區域之每一個上,且以X軸方向為週期方向。 Thereby, a cutting pattern can be formed at a desired position on a desired line of a fine line and a space pattern, and high-precision and high-throughput exposure can be performed. The line and space pattern is, for example, by using an ArF liquid immersion exposure apparatus. Double patterning, etc., and is formed in advance on each of, for example, 45 projection areas on the wafer, and the X-axis direction is the periodic direction.

因此,於使用本實施方式之曝光裝置100,進行上述互補式微影術來進行L/S圖案之切斷之情形時,各多射束光學系統200中,即便是從複數個光孔58a中之任一光孔58a中通過之射束成為開啟狀態之情形,換言之,不論成為開啟狀態之射束之組合之如何,均可於微細之線與空間圖案中之所需線上之所需X位置上形成切割圖案,上述線與空間圖案係於晶圓上之例如45個投射區域之每一個上預先形成,且以X軸方向為週期方向。 Therefore, when using the exposure device 100 of this embodiment to perform the above-mentioned complementary lithography to cut off the L / S pattern, each of the multi-beam optical systems 200 can be used even from a plurality of light holes 58a. In the case where the beam passing through any one of the optical holes 58a becomes the open state, in other words, regardless of the combination of the beams that become the open state, a cut can be formed at a desired X position on a fine line and a desired line in the space pattern The pattern, the above-mentioned line and space pattern are formed in advance on each of, for example, 45 projection areas on the wafer, and the X-axis direction is a periodic direction.

又,本實施方式之曝光裝置100中,由於採用上述光電膠囊50,故而光電元件54之搬送容易,並且光電元件54之電子束光學單元18A於筐體19中之組裝容易。又,僅藉由將第1真空室34內抽成真空,即可將複數個光電膠囊50各自之蓋構件64藉由自重而從本體部52上分離,由藉由真空對應致動器66所驅動之蓋收納板68來同時接收,可收納於圓孔68a內,因此可於短時間內進行複數個光電膠囊50之蓋構件64之卸除。又,於電子束光學單元18A之維護時等,於將各別收納於蓋收納板68之複數個圓孔68a內之複數個蓋構件64,同時按壓於所對應之光電膠囊50之本體部52上之狀態下,僅藉由將第1真空室34內 進行大氣開放,即可藉由光電膠囊50之內部(真空)與外部(大氣壓)之壓力差,而使各個蓋構件64與所對應之本體部52一體化。藉此,可確實地阻止光電層60接觸空氣。進一步,以於該本體部52上安裝有蓋構件64之狀態下,本體部52可從以可釋放之方式支持本體部52之第1板36上釋放。 Moreover, in the exposure apparatus 100 of this embodiment, since the above-mentioned photoelectric capsule 50 is used, the transportation of the photoelectric element 54 is easy, and the assembly of the electron beam optical unit 18A of the photoelectric element 54 in the casing 19 is easy. Moreover, only by evacuating the inside of the first vacuum chamber 34, the respective cover members 64 of the plurality of photoelectric capsules 50 can be separated from the main body portion 52 by their own weight, and the actuators 66 can be adjusted by the vacuum. The driven lid storage plate 68 can be received at the same time and can be stored in the circular hole 68a. Therefore, the lid members 64 of the plurality of photoelectric capsules 50 can be removed in a short time. In addition, during the maintenance of the electron beam optical unit 18A, the plurality of cover members 64 respectively housed in the plurality of circular holes 68a of the cover storage plate 68 are simultaneously pressed against the corresponding body portion 52 of the corresponding photoelectric capsule 50 In the above state, only by opening the atmosphere in the first vacuum chamber 34, the pressure difference between the inside (vacuum) and the outside (atmospheric pressure) of the photocapsule 50 can make each cover member 64 correspond to the corresponding one. The main body portion 52 is integrated. This can reliably prevent the photovoltaic layer 60 from contacting the air. Further, in a state where the cover member 64 is mounted on the main body portion 52, the main body portion 52 can be released from the first plate 36 that supports the main body portion 52 in a releasable manner.

此外,上述實施方式之曝光裝置100中,亦可代替圖13所示之具有12行之條帶行85之圖案產生器84,而使用圖22所示之具有13行之條帶行85之圖案產生器184。圖案產生器184中,位於圖22中之最上部之條帶行(圖22中,為辨別而記作85a)係於通常使用之12行之條帶行(主要之條帶行)85中之任一者上產生不良時,代替產生該不良之條帶行85而使用之備用條帶行。亦可設置複數個備用之條帶行85a。 In addition, in the exposure apparatus 100 of the above-mentioned embodiment, instead of the pattern generator 84 having 12 rows of strip lines 85 shown in FIG. 13, a pattern having 13 rows of strip lines 85 shown in FIG. 22 may be used. Generator 184. In the pattern generator 184, the uppermost strip line in FIG. 22 (indicated as 85a for identification in FIG. 22) is among the 12 lines of the commonly used strip line (main strip line) 85. When a defect occurs in any of these, a spare strip line is used instead of the strip line 85 in which the defect occurred. A plurality of spare strip lines 85a may also be provided.

又,曝光裝置100中,藉由照度分佈調整元件94,圖案產生器84之受光面實質上被分割為2×12=24個部分區域(參照圖13),因此亦可於經分割之每個部分區域中設置備用之條帶行。 In the exposure device 100, the light receiving surface of the pattern generator 84 is substantially divided into 2 × 12 = 24 partial regions by the illumination distribution adjusting element 94 (see FIG. 13). A spare strip line is set in some areas.

此外,至此之說明中,設為圖案產生器之各條帶84b、與光電元件54之光孔58a以1:1對應者,即,各條帶84b與照射至晶圓上之電子束係以1:1對應。但是,並不限定於此,亦可構成為可將如下電子束照射至作為目標之晶圓上之某個目標區域(稱為第1目標區域),上述電子束係藉由將從主要之條帶行85中之1個條帶行,例如與備用之條帶行85a鄰接之條帶行中所含之1個條帶84b而來之光束,照射至光電元件54上而生成;且可將如下電子束照射至晶圓上之第1目標區域,上述電子束係藉由將從例如條帶行85a中所含之1個條帶84b或者主要之條帶行85中之其他條帶行中所含之1個條帶84b而來之光束,照射至光電元件54而生成。即,亦可將由於從不同條帶行中分別包含之2個條帶84b而來之光束之照射而於光電元件54中生成之電子束,重疊照射至晶圓上之同一目標區域。藉此,亦可使例如該目標區域之劑量之量成為所需狀 態。 In addition, in the description so far, it is assumed that each strip 84b of the pattern generator corresponds to the light hole 58a of the photovoltaic element 54 in a 1: 1 correspondence, that is, each strip 84b and the electron beam irradiated onto the wafer are connected to each other. 1: 1 correspondence. However, the invention is not limited to this, and may be configured to irradiate a target region (referred to as a first target region) on the target wafer with the following electron beam. One strip line in the strip line 85, for example, a light beam from one strip 84b included in the strip line adjacent to the spare strip line 85a is generated by irradiating the photovoltaic element 54; and The electron beam is irradiated to the first target area on the wafer as follows. The electron beam is emitted from, for example, one of the strips 84b contained in the stripe row 85a or other stripe rows in the main stripe row 85. The light beam from one of the contained strips 84b is generated by irradiating the photoelectronic element 54. That is, the electron beams generated in the photoelectric element 54 due to the irradiation of the light beams from the two strips 84b included in the different stripe lines may be overlapped and irradiated to the same target area on the wafer. Thereby, for example, the dose amount of the target area can also be brought into a desired state.

除此以外,亦可代替圖13所示之圖案產生器84,而使用如圖23(A)所示,對於主要之條帶行85追加有修正用之條帶行85b的圖案產生器,上述條帶行85b係僅偏移不滿條帶84b之寬度(條帶84b之排列間距)之1倍的距離而配置。圖23(A)所示之修正用之條帶行85b係如將圖23(A)之圓B內之近旁放大而示出之圖23(B)所示,僅偏移條帶84b之寬度之一半(條帶84b之排列間距之一半(1μm))而配置。亦可使用該修正用之條帶行85b,來實施PEC(Proximity Effect Correction,鄰近效應修正)等微小之劑量調整。亦可利用GLV自身來製作半色調,於欲進一步以像素錯位來修正之情形時有效。圖案產生器除了具有主要之條帶行85以外,亦可具有備用之條帶行85a及修正用之條帶行85b。 Alternatively, instead of the pattern generator 84 shown in FIG. 13, a pattern generator in which a strip line 85 b for correction is added to the main strip line 85 as shown in FIG. 23 (A) may be used. The stripe row 85b is arranged to be shifted by a distance which is only 1 times the width of the less-than-striped stripe 84b (the arrangement pitch of the stripe 84b). The stripe line 85b for correction shown in FIG. 23 (A) is shown in FIG. 23 (B), which is shown by magnifying the vicinity of the circle B in FIG. 23 (A), and only shifts the width of the stripe 84b. One half (half (1 μm) of the arrangement pitch of the strip 84b) is arranged. It is also possible to use the strip line 85b for this correction to perform minor dose adjustments such as PEC (Proximity Effect Correction). GLVs can also be used to make halftones, which is effective when you want to correct them with pixel misalignment. In addition to the main strip line 85, the pattern generator may also have a spare strip line 85a and a correction strip line 85b.

此外,上述實施方式中,已對由GLV來構成圖案產生器84之情形進行例示,但並不限定於此,亦可使用具有反射型液晶顯示元件或者數位微鏡元件(Digital Micromirror Device)、PLV(Planer Light Valve,平板光閥)等複數個可動反射元件的反射型之空間光調變器,來構成圖案產生器84。或者,根據光照射裝置80內部之光學系統之構成,亦可由各種透射型之空間光調變器來構成圖案產生器。圖案產生器84若為能夠提供可各別控制之複數個光束之圖案產生器,則並不限定於空間光調變器,而能夠使用不只射束之開‧關,還可調整強度、變更尺寸之圖案產生器。又,圖案產生器84無需可對每個光束進行射束之控制(開‧關、強度之調整、尺寸之變更等),亦可為僅對一部分射束進行,或者可對複數個射束之每一個進行。 In addition, in the above-mentioned embodiment, the case where the pattern generator 84 is constituted by GLV has been exemplified, but it is not limited to this. A reflective liquid crystal display element, a digital micromirror device, or PLV may also be used. (Planer Light Valve) is a reflective spatial light modulator of a plurality of movable reflective elements to form a pattern generator 84. Alternatively, depending on the configuration of the optical system inside the light irradiation device 80, the pattern generator may be composed of various transmission-type spatial light modulators. If the pattern generator 84 is a pattern generator capable of providing a plurality of individually controllable light beams, the pattern generator 84 is not limited to the spatial light modulator, but can use not only the on / off of the beam, but also adjust the intensity and change the size. Pattern generator. In addition, the pattern generator 84 does not need to perform beam control (on, off, intensity adjustment, size change, etc.) of each beam, and may be performed on only a part of the beams, or on a plurality of beams. Every one is carried out.

因此,考慮多種與上述實施方式之光學單元18B相當的光學單元之構成。圖24中示出多種類型之光學單元之構成例。圖24(A)所示之光學單元可稱為L型反射類型,具備:照明系統單元IU,其包含於XZ平面上以既定 之位置關係而二維配置之複數個照明系統;複數個圖案產生器84,其等在相對於XY平面而傾斜45度之基礎BS之一面上,以與複數個照明系統各別對應之位置關係而二維配置;以及光學單元IMU,其包含複數個圖案產生器84、以及以與所對應之光電元件各別對應之位置關係而於XY平面上二維配置之複數個投影光學系統。複數個成像光學系統各自之光軸雖省略圖示,但與所對應之電子束光學系統之光軸一致。於該情形時,圖案產生器84係與上述實施方式同樣地由反射型空間光調變器所構成。該L型反射類型具有以下優點:對圖案產生器之連接容易,對圖案產生器之受光面之尺寸的制約與上述實施方式等相比較緩和。 Therefore, various configurations of the optical unit equivalent to the optical unit 18B of the above-mentioned embodiment are considered. FIG. 24 shows a configuration example of a plurality of types of optical units. The optical unit shown in FIG. 24 (A) may be called an L-type reflection type, and includes: an illumination system unit IU, which includes a plurality of illumination systems arranged two-dimensionally on a XZ plane with a predetermined positional relationship; a plurality of patterns are generated An optical unit IMU including a plurality of pattern generators on a surface of a basic BS inclined at 45 degrees with respect to the XY plane, and two-dimensionally arranged in a positional relationship corresponding to each of the plurality of lighting systems; and an optical unit IMU 84, and a plurality of projection optical systems arranged two-dimensionally on the XY plane in a positional relationship corresponding to the corresponding optoelectronic elements. Although the optical axis of each of the plurality of imaging optical systems is not shown, it is consistent with the optical axis of the corresponding electron beam optical system. In this case, the pattern generator 84 is composed of a reflective spatial light modulator in the same manner as in the above embodiment. This L-type reflection type has the following advantages: it is easy to connect the pattern generator, and the restriction on the size of the light-receiving surface of the pattern generator is relaxed compared with the above embodiment and the like.

圖24(B)所示之光學單元可稱為U型反射類型,具備:照明系統單元IU,其包含於XY平面上以既定之位置關係而二維配置之複數個照明系統;複數個反射型之空間光調變器841,其等在相對於XY平面而傾斜-45度之基礎BS1之一面上,以與複數個照明系統各別對應之位置關係而二維配置;複數個反射型之空間光調變器842,其等在相對於XY平面而傾斜45度之基礎BS2之一面上,以與複數個空間光調變器841對應之位置關係而二維配置;以及光學單元IMU,其包含複數個空間光調變器842、以及以與所對應之光電元件各別對應之位置關係而二維配置於XY平面上之複數個投影光學系統。複數個投影光學系統各自之光軸雖省略圖示,但與所對應之電子束光學系統之光軸一致。於該情形時,例如若將其中一個反射型之空間光調變器842用作圖案產生器,則可將另一個空間光調變器841用作具有與上述照度分佈調整元件94同等以上之解析度之照度分佈調整裝置。 The optical unit shown in FIG. 24 (B) may be called a U-type reflection type, and includes: an illumination system unit IU, which includes a plurality of illumination systems arranged two-dimensionally on a XY plane with a predetermined positional relationship; a plurality of reflection types The spatial light modulator 84 1 is arranged two-dimensionally on a surface of the basic BS 1 inclined at -45 degrees with respect to the XY plane, with a positional relationship corresponding to each of a plurality of lighting systems; a plurality of reflective types The spatial light modulator 84 2 , which is two-dimensionally arranged on a surface of the base BS 2 inclined at 45 degrees with respect to the XY plane, with a positional relationship corresponding to the plurality of spatial light modulators 841; and an optical unit The IMU includes a plurality of spatial light modulators 84 2 and a plurality of projection optical systems that are two-dimensionally arranged on the XY plane in a positional relationship corresponding to the corresponding optoelectronic elements. Although the optical axes of the plurality of projection optical systems are not shown, they are identical to the optical axes of the corresponding electron beam optical systems. In this case, for example, if one of the reflection-type spatial light modulators 84 2 is used as a pattern generator, the other spatial light modulator 84 1 may be used as the one having the same or more than the above-mentioned illumination distribution adjustment element 94. Illumination distribution adjustment device with high resolution.

圖24(C)所示之光學單元可稱為直筒透射型類型,照明系統、圖案產生器84及投影光學系統配置於同一光軸上而形成之光學系統(光照射裝置80A)係以與複數個光電元件對應之既定之位置關係,於同一筐體(鏡 筒)78內XY二維配置複數個。複數個光照射裝置80A之光軸係與所對應之電子束光學系統之光軸一致。該直筒透射型類型中,圖案產生器84必須使用透射型之空間光調變器,例如透射型之液晶顯示元件等。直筒透射型類型具有以下優點:容易保證每個軸之精度,鏡筒尺寸緊湊,以及可對應後文分別使用圖25(A)及圖15(B)而說明之2種方式之兩者。 The optical unit shown in FIG. 24 (C) can be referred to as a straight transmission type. The optical system (light irradiation device 80A) formed by disposing the illumination system, the pattern generator 84, and the projection optical system on the same optical axis is the same as the plural A plurality of photoelectric elements are arranged in a two-dimensional and two-dimensional manner in the same housing (lens barrel) 78 corresponding to a predetermined positional relationship. The optical axis of the plurality of light irradiation devices 80A is consistent with the optical axis of the corresponding electron beam optical system. In the straight transmission type, the pattern generator 84 must use a transmission type spatial light modulator, such as a transmission type liquid crystal display element. The straight transmission type has the following advantages: it is easy to ensure the accuracy of each axis, the size of the lens barrel is compact, and both of the two methods described later using FIG. 25 (A) and FIG. 15 (B) will be described.

圖24(D)將與上述實施方式之曝光裝置100中所採用之光學單元18B同樣類型之光學單元簡化而示出。該圖24(D)所示之光學單元可稱為直筒反射型類型,具有與直筒透射型類型同樣之優點。 FIG. 24 (D) simplifies and shows an optical unit of the same type as the optical unit 18B used in the exposure apparatus 100 of the above embodiment. The optical unit shown in FIG. 24 (D) can be called a straight reflection type, and has the same advantages as the straight transmission type.

上述實施方式中,雖經由光孔58而對光電層60照射光,但亦可不使用光孔。 In the embodiment described above, although the photovoltaic layer 60 is irradiated with light through the light hole 58, the light hole may not be used.

亦可如圖25(A)所示,將圖案產生器中形成之光圖案像投影至光電元件上,進一步利用光電元件來轉換為電子像,縮小而成像於晶圓面上。 Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 25 (A), a light pattern image formed in the pattern generator may be projected onto a photoelectric element, and the photoelectric element may be further used to convert into an electronic image, and the image may be reduced and formed on a wafer surface.

上述實施方式中,如圖25(B)所示,經由複數個光孔而對光電層照射光。藉由如上所述使用光孔,不會受到圖案產生器與光電元件之間之投影光學系統之像差等的影響,可將具有所需之剖面形狀的光束射入至光電層中。此外,光孔與光電層可如上述實施方式所述般一體地形成,亦可經由既定之空隙(間隙、縫隙)而對向配置。 In the above-mentioned embodiment, as shown in FIG. 25 (B), the photovoltaic layer is irradiated with light through a plurality of light holes. By using the light hole as described above, the light beam having a desired cross-sectional shape can be incident on the photoelectric layer without being affected by aberrations and the like of the projection optical system between the pattern generator and the photoelectric element. In addition, the optical hole and the photovoltaic layer may be integrally formed as described in the above embodiment, or may be disposed to face each other through a predetermined gap (gap, gap).

此外,上述實施方式中,已對兼為真空隔離壁之透明之板構件56、形成有光孔58a之遮光膜58及光電層60為一體之情形進行說明,但真空隔離壁、遮光膜(光孔膜)、及光電層可為多種配置。 In addition, in the above-mentioned embodiment, the case where the transparent plate member 56 also serving as a vacuum separation wall, the light shielding film 58 formed with the light hole 58a, and the photoelectric layer 60 are integrated has been described, but the vacuum separation wall, the light shielding film (light Porous film) and photovoltaic layer can be configured in various ways.

此外,上述實施方式中,已對在蓋收納板68之圓形開口68c之周圍設置引出電極112之情形進行例示,但亦可代替其或者除其以外,還於蓋收納板68上設置測量電子束之位置之測量構件以及檢測電子束之感測器中的至少一者。前者之測量射束之位置之測量構件可使用:具有開口之反射面以及檢測 來自該反射面之反射電子的檢測裝置之組合、或者於表面形成有標記之反射面與檢測由該標記所發生之反射電子的檢測裝置之組合等。 In addition, in the above-mentioned embodiment, the case where the lead-out electrode 112 is provided around the circular opening 68c of the cover storage plate 68 has been exemplified, but a measurement electron may be provided on the cover storage plate 68 instead of or in addition to this. At least one of a measuring member for the position of the beam and a sensor for detecting the electron beam. The former measurement member that measures the position of the beam can be used: a combination of a reflective surface with an opening and a detection device that detects the reflected electrons from the reflective surface, or a reflective surface with a mark formed on the surface and detection of the occurrence by the mark A combination of detection devices for reflected electrons.

《第2實施方式》 "Second Embodiment"

圖26中,概略性表示第2實施方式之曝光裝置1000之構成。此處,關於與上述第1實施方式之曝光裝置100同一或者同等之構成,使用同一符號,並且省略其說明。 FIG. 26 schematically shows the configuration of an exposure apparatus 1000 according to the second embodiment. Here, the same reference numerals are used for the same or equivalent components as those of the exposure apparatus 100 according to the first embodiment, and descriptions thereof are omitted.

曝光裝置1000與上述第1實施方式之曝光裝置100之不同點為:於上述第1實施方式之曝光裝置100中,光電膠囊50之本體部52所插入的第1板36之貫通孔36a係藉由劃分第1真空室34之由石英玻璃等所形成之真空隔離壁132,而相對於外部,以氣密狀態來閉合的方面;以及形成第1真空室34的筐體19之第1部分19a之內部之構成。以下,以不同點為中心來進行說明。 The difference between the exposure device 1000 and the exposure device 100 according to the first embodiment is that in the exposure device 100 according to the first embodiment described above, the through hole 36 a of the first plate 36 inserted into the body portion 52 of the photoelectric capsule 50 is borrowed. The aspect that the vacuum separation wall 132 formed of quartz glass or the like that divides the first vacuum chamber 34 is closed in an airtight state with respect to the outside; and the first part 19a of the casing 19 that forms the first vacuum chamber 34 Internal composition. The following description focuses on the differences.

圖27中,示出與本第2實施方式之曝光裝置1000之1個電子束光學系統70對應的筐體19之內部之構成。如圖27所示,於從真空隔離壁132起之既定距離下方,配置有光電元件136。光電元件136如圖28(A)所示,具備以與上述光電元件54同樣之順序來配置,且利用相同方法而一體地形成之由石英所形成(SiO2)之基材134、遮光膜58以及光電層60。光電元件136之遮光膜58上,以與上述同樣之配置而形成有至少72000個光孔58a。 FIG. 27 shows the internal configuration of a casing 19 corresponding to one electron beam optical system 70 of the exposure apparatus 1000 of the second embodiment. As shown in FIG. 27, a photoelectric element 136 is disposed below a predetermined distance from the vacuum separation wall 132. As shown in FIG. 28 (A), the photovoltaic element 136 includes a substrate 134 made of quartz (SiO 2 ) and a light shielding film 58 which are arranged in the same order as the above-mentioned photovoltaic element 54 and are integrally formed by the same method. And photoelectric layer 60. At least 72,000 light holes 58a are formed on the light-shielding film 58 of the photoelectric element 136 in the same arrangement as described above.

返回至圖27,於第1真空室34內部之光電元件136之下方配置有引出電極112a。 Returning to FIG. 27, a lead-out electrode 112 a is disposed below the photoelectric element 136 inside the first vacuum chamber 34.

曝光裝置1000中,由於不使用光電膠囊50,故而於第1真空室34內未設置蓋收納板68及真空對應致動器66(參照圖26及圖27)。 Since the exposure device 1000 does not use the photocapsule 50, a lid storage plate 68 and a vacuum-compatible actuator 66 are not provided in the first vacuum chamber 34 (see FIGS. 26 and 27).

本第2實施方式之電子束光學單元18A包含底板38,其下方之構成包含第2真空室72內部之電子束光學系統70,與上述第1實施方式之曝光裝置100同樣。又,電子束光學單元18A以外之構成亦與上述曝光裝置100同樣。 The electron beam optical unit 18A of the second embodiment includes a bottom plate 38, and the structure below it includes the electron beam optical system 70 inside the second vacuum chamber 72, which is the same as the exposure apparatus 100 of the first embodiment described above. The configuration other than the electron beam optical unit 18A is the same as that of the exposure apparatus 100 described above.

以上述方式構成之曝光裝置1000中,除了可獲得與上述第1實施方式之曝光裝置100同等之效果以外,由於與真空隔離壁132分開而另行設置有光電元件136,故而亦可具有如以下所述之追加功能。 The exposure device 1000 configured as described above has the same effect as that of the exposure device 100 according to the first embodiment described above, and is provided with a photoelectric element 136 separately from the vacuum partition wall 132, so it can also have the following properties: The additional functions are described.

即,若為了增加電子束光學系統之數量而減小鏡筒之直徑,則電子束光學系統之像面彎曲成分變得顯著。例如於電子束光學系統具有如圖29所示意性示出之像面彎曲來作為其像差之情形時,如圖29中示意性所示,使光電層60(準確而言為光電元件136之整體),以於光電層60上產生與像面之彎曲成分相反之相位之方式撓曲,即,使光電層60之電子發射面彎曲(成為非平面)。藉此,對電子束光學系統70之像面彎曲之至少一部分加以補償,抑制由像面彎曲所引起之電子束像之位置偏移、斑點(散焦)等。此外,亦可將光電層60之電子發射面之彎曲量設為可變。例如,亦可隨著電子束光學系統70之光學特性(像差,例如像面彎曲)之變化,來改變電子發射面之彎曲量。因此,亦可根據所對應之電子束光學系統之光學特性,而於複數個光電元件136相互間使電子發射面之彎曲量不同。又,圖29中,示出於光電層60上向+Z方向(朝向投影光學系統60)凸起之彎曲的情形之例,其原因在於:由於假定電子束光學系統保持向-Z方向凸起之像面彎曲來作為其像差之情形,故而對光電層60賦予將該像面彎曲之影響抵消、或減少之彎曲。因此,於電子束光學系統保持向+Z方向凸起之像面彎曲來作為其像差之情形時,必須使光電層60上產生向-Z方向凸起之彎曲。 That is, if the diameter of the lens barrel is reduced in order to increase the number of electron beam optical systems, the image plane curvature component of the electron beam optical system becomes significant. For example, when the electron beam optical system has a curved image plane as shown in FIG. 29 as its aberration, as shown schematically in FIG. 29, the photoelectric layer 60 (accurately the The whole) is flexed so as to generate a phase opposite to the curved component of the image plane on the photovoltaic layer 60, that is, the electron emitting surface of the photovoltaic layer 60 is bent (becomes non-planar). Thereby, at least a part of the image plane curvature of the electron beam optical system 70 is compensated, and the positional shift, speckle (defocus), etc. of the electron beam image caused by the image plane curvature are suppressed. In addition, the amount of curvature of the electron emission surface of the photoelectric layer 60 may be changed. For example, the amount of curvature of the electron emission surface may be changed as the optical characteristics (aberrations, such as curvature of the image plane) of the electron beam optical system 70 are changed. Therefore, according to the optical characteristics of the corresponding electron beam optical system, the amount of bending of the electron emission surface may be different between the plurality of photoelectric elements 136. In addition, FIG. 29 shows an example of the case where the convexity on the photoelectric layer 60 is convex toward the + Z direction (toward the projection optical system 60). This is because the electron beam optical system is assumed to remain convex toward the −Z direction. The curvature of the image plane is used as the aberration. Therefore, the photovoltaic layer 60 is given a curvature that cancels out or reduces the influence of the curvature of the image plane. Therefore, in a case where the electron beam optical system keeps the convex surface curved in the + Z direction as its aberration, it is necessary to cause the photoelectric layer 60 to be curved convex in the −Z direction.

此外,本第2實施方式之曝光裝置1000中,亦與上述曝光裝置100同樣,採用於X軸方向上為長之矩形之曝光場,故而如圖29中短的雙箭頭所表示,即便為1方向之彎曲(圍繞單軸之彎曲,即,關於X軸方向而彎曲之XZ剖面內之彎曲),效果亦高。此外,並不將光電元件136(光電層60)限定為1方向之彎曲,當然亦可使4角向下方撓曲等,使其三維地變形。藉由改變使光 電元件136變形之方式,可有效地抑制由球面像差所引起之光學圖案像之位置偏移、變形等。若使光電層60之電子發射面彎曲,則於該電子發射面之一部分(例如中央部)、以及其他部分(例如周邊部),關於電子束光學系統70之光軸AXe之方向而位置彼此不同。 In addition, in the exposure apparatus 1000 of the second embodiment, similar to the exposure apparatus 100 described above, an exposure field having a long rectangular shape in the X-axis direction is used. Therefore, as shown by the short double arrow in FIG. Bending in a direction (bending around a single axis, that is, bending in the XZ section about the X-axis direction) is also effective. In addition, the photovoltaic element 136 (the photovoltaic layer 60) is not limited to one-direction bending, and of course, the four corners may be bent downward, etc., so as to be three-dimensionally deformed. By changing the way in which the photovoltaic element 136 is deformed, it is possible to effectively suppress the positional shift and deformation of the optical pattern image caused by spherical aberration. When the electron emission surface of the photoelectric layer 60 is bent, the positions of the electron emission surface of one part (for example, the central part) and the other part (for example, the peripheral part) of the electron beam optical system 70 are different from each other. .

此外,亦可使光電層60之厚度具有分佈,從而使電子發射面之一部分(例如中央部)、與其他部分(例如周邊部)之光軸AXe之方向之位置不同。 In addition, the thickness of the photoelectric layer 60 may be distributed so that the position of the direction of the optical axis AXe of one part (for example, the central part) of the electron emission surface and the other part (for example, the peripheral part) is different.

又,於如第1實施方式般,光電元件兼為真空隔離壁之情形時,亦可將光電層60之電子發射面設為彎曲(非平面)。 In addition, when the photoelectric element also functions as a vacuum barrier, as in the first embodiment, the electron emission surface of the photoelectric layer 60 may be curved (non-planar).

又,於使用如光電元件136般的光孔與光電層一體地設置之所謂光孔一體型之光電元件之情形時,亦可設置可將該光孔一體型光電元件於XY平面內驅動之致動器。於該情形時,例如作為光孔一體型光電元件,亦可使用如圖30所示,每隔1行而形成有間距a之光孔58a之行、以及間距b之光孔58b之行的多間距型之光孔一體型光電元件136a。但,於該情形時,使用上述光學特性調整裝置87,併用將X軸方向之投影倍率(倍率)加以變更之變焦功能。於該情形時,可如圖31(A)所示,從對光孔一體型光電元件136a之光孔58a之行照射射束之狀態起,使用光學特性調整裝置87,擴大投影光學系統86之X軸方向之倍率,如圖31(B)中之雙箭頭所表示,將複數個射束整體地於X軸方向上擴大後,如圖31(C)中之中空箭頭所表示,於+Y方向上驅動光孔一體型光電元件136a,藉此可將射束照射至光孔58b之行。藉此,可形成間距不同之線圖案之切斷用之切割圖案。但,根據射束之尺寸、形狀,即便未必使用投影光學系統86之變焦功能,僅驅動光孔一體型光電元件136a,亦可將射束切換而照射至間距為a之光孔58a之行以及間距為b之光孔58b之行。總之,於切換之前後之任一狀態下,均只要對包含複數個射束(雷射束)分別所對應之光孔58a或58b的光電元件136a上之區域照射即可。即,光電元件136a上之複數個光孔58a或58b 各自之尺寸若設為小於所對應之射束之剖面之尺寸即可。 In addition, in the case of using a so-called light hole-integrated photoelectric element in which the light hole such as the photoelectric element 136 is integrally provided with the photoelectric layer, it may be provided that the light hole-integrated photoelectric element can be driven in the XY plane. Actuator. In this case, for example, as the optical-hole-integrated photoelectric element, as shown in FIG. 30, a row of light holes 58a having a pitch a and a row of light holes 58b having a b pitch may be used. Pitch-type optical hole-integrated photovoltaic element 136a. However, in this case, the above-mentioned optical characteristic adjustment device 87 is used, and a zoom function is used to change the projection magnification (magnification) in the X-axis direction. In this case, as shown in FIG. 31 (A), the optical characteristic adjusting device 87 can be used to expand the projection optical system 86 from the state where the beam is irradiated to the optical hole 58a of the optical-hole-integrated photoelectric element 136a. The magnification in the X axis direction is shown by the double arrow in FIG. 31 (B). After the plurality of beams are enlarged in the X axis direction as a whole, as shown by the hollow arrow in FIG. 31 (C), the + Y The optical-hole-integrated photoelectric element 136a is driven in the direction, so that the beam can be irradiated to the optical hole 58b. Thereby, cutting patterns for cutting line patterns with different pitches can be formed. However, depending on the size and shape of the beam, even if the zoom function of the projection optical system 86 is not necessarily used, only the light-hole-integrated photoelectric element 136a is driven, and the beam can be switched to illuminate the light holes 58a with a distance of Rows of light holes 58b with a pitch of b. In short, in any of the states before and after the switching, it is only necessary to irradiate the area on the photoelectric element 136a including the optical holes 58a or 58b corresponding to the plurality of beams (laser beams), respectively. That is, the size of each of the plurality of light holes 58a or 58b in the photoelectric element 136a may be smaller than the size of the cross section of the corresponding beam.

此外,藉由將光電元件136a上間距彼此不同之3種以上之光孔之行形成於光電轉換元件之遮光膜58上,以與上述同樣之次序進行曝光,亦可對應3個以上之間距之切割圖案之形成。 In addition, by forming rows of three or more kinds of light holes with different pitches on the photoelectric element 136a on the light-shielding film 58 of the photoelectric conversion element and exposing them in the same order as described above, it is also possible to correspond to three or more gaps. Formation of cutting patterns.

如上所述,若變更投影光學系統86之倍率,則射束(雷射束)之於被照射面內之每單位面積之射束之強度改變,因此,亦可預先藉由模擬等來求出倍率之變化與射束之強度之變化的關係,且基於該關係來變更(調整)射束之強度。或者,亦可利用感測器來檢測將倍率變更時之一部分射束之強度,且基於該檢測到之強度之資訊來變更(調整)射束之強度。於後者之情形時,例如圖27所示,亦可構成為:於光電元件136之基材之上表面之一端部設置感測器135,利用上述致動器來驅動光電元件136,藉此使感測器135移動至XY平面內之所需位置。此外,光電元件136不僅於XY平面內移動,亦可構成為:可在與光軸AXe平行之Z軸方向上移動、可相對於XY平面而傾斜、可圍繞與光軸AXe平行之Z軸而旋轉。 As described above, if the magnification of the projection optical system 86 is changed, the intensity of the beam (laser beam) per unit area in the irradiated surface changes. Therefore, it can also be obtained in advance by simulation or the like. The relationship between the change in the magnification and the change in the intensity of the beam, and the intensity of the beam is changed (adjusted) based on the relationship. Alternatively, a sensor may be used to detect the intensity of a part of the beam when the magnification is changed, and change (adjust) the intensity of the beam based on the detected intensity information. In the latter case, for example, as shown in FIG. 27, a sensor 135 may be provided at one end of the upper surface of the base material of the photoelectric element 136, and the photoelectric element 136 is driven by the above-mentioned actuator, so that The sensor 135 moves to a desired position in the XY plane. In addition, the photoelectric element 136 can be moved not only in the XY plane, but also in such a manner that it can move in the Z-axis direction parallel to the optical axis AXe, can be inclined with respect to the XY plane, and can surround the Z-axis parallel to the optical axis AXe. Spin.

但,至此雖未特別說明,但光電層60由於具有某種程度之面積,故而並不保證其面內之光電轉換效率均勻,實際上認為光電層60具有光電轉換效率之面內分佈。因此,亦可根據光電層60之光電轉換效率之面內分佈,來調整照射至光電元件上之光束之強度。即,若光電層60包含第1光電轉換效率之第1部分以及第2光電轉換效率之第2部分,則亦可分別基於第1光電轉換效率以及第2光電轉換效率,來調整照射至第1部分之射束之強度以及照射至第2部分之射束之強度。或者,亦可以對第1光電轉換效率與第2光電轉換效率之差異加以補償之方式,來調整照射至第1部分之光束之強度及照射至第2部分之光束之強度。 However, although it has not been specifically described so far, the photoelectric layer 60 does not guarantee uniform photoelectric conversion efficiency within the plane because it has a certain degree of area. In fact, it is considered that the photoelectric layer 60 has an in-plane distribution of photoelectric conversion efficiency. Therefore, the intensity of the light beam irradiated onto the photoelectric element can also be adjusted according to the in-plane distribution of the photoelectric conversion efficiency of the photoelectric layer 60. That is, if the photoelectric layer 60 includes the first part of the first photoelectric conversion efficiency and the second part of the second photoelectric conversion efficiency, the irradiation to the first part can be adjusted based on the first photoelectric conversion efficiency and the second photoelectric conversion efficiency, respectively. The intensity of the part of the beam and the intensity of the beam irradiated to part 2. Alternatively, the difference between the first photoelectric conversion efficiency and the second photoelectric conversion efficiency may be compensated to adjust the intensity of the light beam irradiated to the first portion and the intensity of the light beam irradiated to the second portion.

又,本第2實施方式之曝光裝置1000中,亦可代替光孔一體型光 電元件136,而使用光孔板(光孔構件)與光電元件為不同體之所謂光孔不同體型光電元件。圖32(A)所示之光孔不同體型光電元件138包含:光電元件140,其係於基材134之下表面(光射出面)形成光電層60而成;以及光孔板142,其由形成有多數個光孔58a之遮光構件所形成,上述光孔58a係於光電元件140之基材134之上方(光入射面側),隔開例如1μm以下之既定空隙(間隙、縫隙)而配置。 In the exposure apparatus 1000 according to the second embodiment, instead of the light-hole-integrated photovoltaic element 136, a so-called light-hole different-type photovoltaic element having a light-hole plate (light-hole member) and a photoelectric element that are different bodies may be used. The optical element 138 with different optical apertures as shown in FIG. 32 (A) includes: a photovoltaic element 140 formed by forming a photovoltaic layer 60 on the lower surface (light exit surface) of the substrate 134; and a light aperture plate 142 formed by A light-shielding member having a plurality of light holes 58a formed above the base material 134 of the photovoltaic element 140 (on the light incident surface side) and arranged with a predetermined gap (gap, gap) of, for example, 1 μm or less .

於使用光孔不同體型光電元件之情形時,理想為設置可將光孔板142於XY平面內驅動之驅動機構。於該情形時,將與上述光孔一體型光電元件136a同樣之多間距型之光孔形成於光孔板142上,藉由使用投影光學系統86之倍率之擴大功能、以及將光電元件140及光孔板142於維持兩者之位置關係之狀態下進行驅動之功能,可以與上述同樣之次序,形成間距不同之線圖案之切斷用之切割圖案。除此以外,亦可設置可將光電元件140於XY平面內驅動之驅動機構。例如,藉由僅驅動光電元件140及光孔板142中之一者,而使光孔板142與光電元件140之XY平面內之相對位置錯開,藉此可實現光電層60之長壽命化。此外,亦可構成為可相對於光孔板142而使投影光學系統86於XY平面內移動。又,光孔板142不僅於XY平面內移動,亦可構成為:可向與光軸AXe平行之Z軸方向移動、可相對於XY平面而傾斜、可圍繞與光軸AXe平行之Z軸而旋轉,亦可調整光電元件140與光孔板142之縫隙。 In the case of using photocells with different optical apertures, it is desirable to provide a driving mechanism capable of driving the optical aperture plate 142 in the XY plane. In this case, a multi-pitch light hole having the same multi-pitch type as the light hole-integrated photoelectric element 136a is formed on the light hole plate 142, and the magnification function of the projection optical system 86 is used, and the photoelectric elements 140 and The function of driving the optical aperture plate 142 while maintaining the positional relationship between the two can form cutting patterns for cutting line patterns with different pitches in the same order as described above. In addition, a driving mechanism capable of driving the photoelectric element 140 in the XY plane may be provided. For example, by driving only one of the photoelectric element 140 and the optical aperture plate 142, the relative position in the XY plane of the optical aperture plate 142 and the photovoltaic element 140 is staggered, whereby the lifetime of the photovoltaic layer 60 can be increased. In addition, the projection optical system 86 may be configured to be movable in the XY plane with respect to the light aperture plate 142. In addition, the optical aperture plate 142 can be moved not only in the XY plane but also in a Z-axis direction parallel to the optical axis AXe, can be inclined with respect to the XY plane, and can surround the Z-axis parallel to the optical axis AXe. The rotation can also adjust the gap between the photoelectric element 140 and the light aperture plate 142.

此外,於使用光孔不同體型光電元件之情形時,亦可僅設置使光電元件140移動之驅動機構。於該情形時,亦可藉由使光電元件140於XY平面內移動,而實現光電層60之長壽命化。 In addition, in the case of using photoelectric elements of different body types with light holes, only a driving mechanism for moving the photoelectric element 140 may be provided. In this case, the optoelectronic layer 60 can be extended in life by moving the optoelectronic element 140 in the XY plane.

又,於使用第1實施方式中所說明之一體型光電元件之情形時,亦可設置使光電元件54移動之驅動機構。於該情形時,亦可藉由使光電元件54於XY平面內移動,而實現光電層60之長壽命化。 In the case of using the bulk photovoltaic device described in the first embodiment, a driving mechanism for moving the photovoltaic device 54 may be provided. In this case, it is also possible to extend the life of the photovoltaic layer 60 by moving the photovoltaic element 54 in the XY plane.

此外,亦可將上述光孔板之光孔、與光電元件之光孔併用。即,亦可於上述光孔一體型光電元件之光束之入射側配置光孔板,使經由光孔板之光孔之射束,經由光孔一體型光電元件之光孔而射入至光電層。 In addition, the light holes of the light hole plate and the light holes of the photovoltaic element may be used in combination. That is, a light hole plate may be arranged on the incident side of the light beam of the light hole integrated photoelectric element, so that the beam passing through the light hole of the light hole plate enters the photoelectric layer through the light hole of the light hole integrated photoelectric element. .

此外,於當形成間距不同之線圖案之切斷用之切割圖案時,使用上述光孔不同體型光電元件之情形時,亦可交換光孔板。 In addition, when forming cutting patterns for cutting line patterns with different pitches, and when using the above-mentioned photocells with different optical apertures, it is also possible to exchange optical aperture plates.

又,於使用上述光孔不同體型光電元件之情形時,亦可代替光孔板,而使用透射型液晶元件等空間光調變器來形成複數個光孔。 In the case of using the above-mentioned photocells of different body types, a plurality of light holes may be formed by using a spatial light modulator such as a transmissive liquid crystal element instead of the light hole plate.

此外,上文中,已對形成間距不同之線圖案的切斷用之切割圖案時,使用投影光學系統86之倍率之放大功能之情形進行說明,但亦可設置如下裝置,其代替倍率之變更,而將從投影光學系統86分別照射至光孔一體型光電元件136a或者光孔板142之同一光孔行之複數個光孔中的複數個射束之間距加以變更。例如,可藉由於投影光學系統86與光電元件之間之光路中,配置複數個平行平板,改變其傾斜角,而變更複數個射束之間距。 In addition, in the above, the case of using the magnification function of the magnification of the projection optical system 86 when forming cutting patterns for cutting line patterns with different pitches has been described, but the following device may be provided instead of changing the magnification. The distance between the plurality of beams in the plurality of light holes in the same light hole row of the light hole-integrated photoelectric element 136a or the light hole plate 142 from the projection optical system 86 is changed. For example, the distance between the plurality of beams can be changed by arranging a plurality of parallel flat plates in the optical path between the projection optical system 86 and the photoelectric element and changing the inclination angle thereof.

此外,光孔一體型光電元件並不限定於圖28(A)所示之類型,亦可使用如例如圖28(B)所示,於圖28(A)之光電元件136中,光孔58a內之空間由透明膜144所填埋之類型之光電元件136b。光電元件136b中,亦可代替透明膜144,而使基材之一部分填埋光孔58a內之空間。 In addition, the optical-hole-integrated photoelectric element is not limited to the type shown in FIG. 28 (A), and it can also be used, for example, as shown in FIG. 28 (B). In the photovoltaic element 136 of FIG. 28 (A), the optical hole 58a The space inside is a photovoltaic element 136b of the type buried by the transparent film 144. In the optoelectronic element 136b, instead of the transparent film 144, a part of the base material may be used to fill the space in the light hole 58a.

除此以外,亦可使用:光電元件136c,其係如圖28(C)所示,於基材134之上表面(光入射面),藉由鉻之蒸鍍而形成具有光孔58a之遮光膜58,且於基材134之下表面(光射出面)形成有光電層60之類型;或者光電元件136d,其係如圖28(D)所示,於圖28(C)之光電元件136c中,光孔58a內之空間由透明膜144所填埋之類型。 In addition, a photovoltaic element 136c can also be used. As shown in FIG. 28 (C), a light-shielding having a light hole 58a is formed on the upper surface (light incident surface) of the substrate 134 by evaporation of chromium. Film 58 and a photovoltaic layer 60 formed on the lower surface (light exit surface) of the substrate 134; or a photovoltaic element 136d, which is shown in FIG. 28 (D) and a photovoltaic element 136c in FIG. 28 (C) In the light hole 58a, the space in the light hole 58a is filled with a transparent film 144.

除此以外,還存在光電元件136e,其係如圖28(E)所示,於基材134之下表面形成光電層60,且於光電層60之下表面形成有具有光孔58a之鉻 膜58的類型。此外,圖28(E)之鉻膜58具有遮蔽電子之功能,並非遮蔽光。 In addition, there is a photovoltaic element 136e. As shown in FIG. 28 (E), a photovoltaic layer 60 is formed on the lower surface of the substrate 134, and a chromium film having a light hole 58a is formed on the lower surface of the photovoltaic layer 60. 58 types. In addition, the chromium film 58 in FIG. 28 (E) has a function of shielding electrons, and does not shield light.

至此所說明之光孔一體型光電元件136、136a、136b、136c、136d、136e中之任一者中,均並非僅由石英,亦可由石英與透明膜(單層、或多層)之積層體來構成基材134。 Any one of the photo-hole-integrated photovoltaic elements 136, 136a, 136b, 136c, 136d, and 136e described so far is not only composed of quartz, but also a laminated body of quartz and a transparent film (single layer or multiple layers). To form a base material 134.

此外,為了將光孔不同體型光電元件與例如圖32(A)所示之光電元件140一併構成而可與光電元件140一併使用之光孔板,並不限定於如光孔板142般僅由具有光孔之遮光構件所形成之類型,亦可使用基材與遮光膜為一體之光孔板。作為該類型之光孔板,例如可使用:光孔板142a,其係如圖32(B)所示,於例如由石英所形成之基材144之下表面(光射出面),藉由鉻之蒸鍍而形成有具有光孔58a之遮光膜58;光孔板142b,其係如圖32(C)所示,形成有包括由石英所組成之板構件146及由透明膜148所組成的基材150,且於該基材150之下表面(光射出面),藉由鉻之蒸鍍而形成有具有光孔58a之遮光膜58;光孔板142c,其係如圖32(D)所示,於光孔板142a中,光孔58a內之空間由透明膜148所填埋;以及光孔板142d,其係如圖32(E)所示,於光孔板142a中,光孔58a內之空間係由基材144之一部分所填埋。此外,光孔板142、142a、142b、142c、142d中之任一者均可上下反轉而使用。 In addition, a light aperture plate that can be used together with the photoelectric element 140 in order to constitute a photovoltaic element with a different body type and a photovoltaic element 140 as shown in FIG. 32 (A) is not limited to the light aperture plate 142. It is also possible to use a light-perforated plate in which the substrate and the light-shielding film are integrated as a type formed only by a light-shielding member having a light hole. As this type of light aperture plate, for example, a light aperture plate 142a can be used, as shown in FIG. 32 (B), on the lower surface (light exit surface) of the substrate 144 formed of, for example, quartz, and chromium A light-shielding film 58 having a light hole 58a and a light hole plate 142b are formed by vapor deposition. As shown in FIG. 32 (C), a plate member 146 made of quartz and a transparent film 148 are formed. The base material 150 is formed on the lower surface (light exit surface) of the base material 150 with a light-shielding film 58 having a light hole 58a and a light hole plate 142c by evaporation of chromium, as shown in FIG. 32 (D). As shown, in the light hole plate 142a, the space inside the light hole 58a is filled with a transparent film 148; and the light hole plate 142d, as shown in FIG. 32 (E), in the light hole plate 142a, the light hole The space in 58a is filled with a portion of the substrate 144. In addition, any of the optical aperture plates 142, 142a, 142b, 142c, and 142d may be used by being inverted upside down.

此外,上述第1實施方式中,亦可代替兼為光電膠囊50之本體部52之真空隔離壁的光電元件54,而於本體部52上設置真空隔離壁,且於該真空隔離壁之下,隔著既定之空隙而配置上述多種類型之光孔一體型光電元件、或者光孔不同體型光電元件,從而收納於本體部52之內部。亦可設置光孔一體型光電元件136(136a~136d)之驅動機構、或者使光電元件140及光孔板142(142a~142d)中之至少一者移動的驅動機構。 In addition, in the above-mentioned first embodiment, instead of the photovoltaic element 54 which also serves as a vacuum partition wall of the main body portion 52 of the photoelectric capsule 50, a vacuum partition wall is provided on the main body portion 52, and under the vacuum partition wall, A plurality of types of optical-hole-integrated photoelectric elements or optical elements of different body types with different optical holes are arranged through a predetermined gap, and are stored in the main body portion 52. It is also possible to provide a drive mechanism for the light hole-integrated photoelectric element 136 (136a to 136d), or a drive mechanism to move at least one of the photoelectric element 140 and the light hole plate 142 (142a to 142d).

又,至此,已對以光電元件54、136、136a~136e以及光孔板142、142a~142d之複數個光孔58a全部為同一尺寸、同一形狀為前提而進行說 明,但複數個光孔58a之全部之尺寸亦可不相同,形狀亦可於全部光孔58a中不同。總之,為了使所對應之射束照射至其全域,光孔58a只要小於該所對應之射束之尺寸即可。 It has been described so far that the plurality of light holes 58a of the photovoltaic elements 54, 136, 136a to 136e and the light hole plates 142, 142a to 142d are all the same size and shape, but the plurality of light holes 58a All the sizes may be different, and the shapes may be different in all the light holes 58a. In short, in order to irradiate the corresponding beam to its entire area, the optical hole 58a only needs to be smaller than the size of the corresponding beam.

此外,第2實施方式之曝光裝置1000中,亦可不使用光孔板142。於該情形時,亦與上述同樣,晶圓W一面向Y軸方向移動,一面隨著照射電子束之掃描曝光而曝光。於該情形時,可藉由將以下狀態中之一者切換為另一者而形成間距不同之線圖案之切斷用之切割圖案:第1狀態,可於X軸方向上,以第1間距(例如間距(間隔)a),將複數個光束經由光電元件140之基材134而照射至光電層60;以及第2狀態,可於X軸方向上,以第2間距(例如間距(間隔)b),將複數個光束經由光電元件140之基材134而照射至光電層60。於該情形時,亦併用投影光學系統86之倍率之變更功能。於該情形時,亦可設置如下裝置,其代替倍率之變更,而將從投影光學系統86照射至光電元件140之複數個射束之間距(間隔)加以變更。例如,藉由於投影光學系統86與光電元件之間之光路中,配置複數個平行平板,改變其傾斜角,從而可變更複數個射束之間距(間隔)。於該情形時,亦可對應3個以上間距之切割圖案之形成。 In addition, in the exposure apparatus 1000 according to the second embodiment, the light aperture plate 142 may not be used. In this case, as described above, the wafer W is exposed while being moved in the Y-axis direction while being exposed to the scanning exposure by irradiating the electron beam. In this case, a cutting pattern for cutting line patterns with different pitches can be formed by switching one of the following states to the other: in the first state, in the X-axis direction, with the first pitch (E.g., pitch (interval) a), a plurality of light beams are irradiated to the photovoltaic layer 60 through the substrate 134 of the optoelectronic element 140; and the second state can be in the X-axis direction with a second pitch (e.g., pitch (interval)) b) The plurality of light beams are irradiated onto the photovoltaic layer 60 through the substrate 134 of the photovoltaic element 140. In this case, the function of changing the magnification of the projection optical system 86 is also used. In this case, instead of changing the magnification, a device may be provided that changes the distances (intervals) between the plurality of beams irradiated from the projection optical system 86 to the photoelectric element 140. For example, by arranging a plurality of parallel flat plates in the optical path between the projection optical system 86 and the photoelectric element and changing the inclination angle thereof, the distance (interval) between the plurality of beams can be changed. In this case, it can also correspond to the formation of cutting patterns with more than 3 pitches.

又,上述第1及第2實施方式(以下稱為各實施方式)中,已對曝光裝置100、1000所具備之光學系統為具備複數個多射束光學系統200之多列類型之情形進行說明,但並不限定於此,光學系統亦可為單列類型之多射束光學系統。即便為該單列類型之多射束光學系統,上文所說明之劑量控制、倍率控制、圖案之成像位置偏移之修正、畸變等各種像差之修正等亦可應用使用光電元件或光孔板之各種要素之修正、光電層之長壽命化等。 In the above-mentioned first and second embodiments (hereinafter referred to as the respective embodiments), the case where the optical system included in the exposure devices 100 and 1000 is a multi-row type including a plurality of multi-beam optical systems 200 has been described. However, it is not limited to this, and the optical system may also be a single-row type multi-beam optical system. Even for this single-row type multi-beam optical system, the above-mentioned dose control, magnification control, correction of image position shift of the pattern, and correction of various aberrations such as distortion can be applied using photoelectric elements or optical aperture plates Correction of various elements, long life of photovoltaic layer, etc.

此外,上述各實施方式中,亦可於周壁部76上設置開口,將第2真空室72與平台腔室10之內部設為1個真空室。或者,亦可僅殘留周壁部72之 上端部之一部分,並且去除冷卻板74而將第2真空室72與平台腔室10之內部設為1個真空室。 In each of the above embodiments, an opening may be provided in the peripheral wall portion 76, and the inside of the second vacuum chamber 72 and the stage chamber 10 may be a single vacuum chamber. Alternatively, only a part of the upper end portion of the peripheral wall portion 72 may be left, and the cooling plate 74 may be removed to set the inside of the second vacuum chamber 72 and the stage chamber 10 as one vacuum chamber.

又,上述各實施方式中,已對晶圓W單獨於晶圓平台WST上搬送,且一面使該晶圓平台WST於掃描方向上移動,一面從多射束光學系統200對晶圓W照射射束而進行曝光之曝光裝置100進行說明,但並不限定於此,於晶圓W與稱為搬運梭之可與晶圓一體搬送之台(保持器),一體地於平台上交換之類型之曝光裝置中,亦可應用上述各實施方式(晶圓平台WST除外)。 In each of the above embodiments, the wafer W has been transported separately on the wafer stage WST, and while the wafer stage WST is moved in the scanning direction, the wafer W is irradiated from the multi-beam optical system 200 The exposure apparatus 100 that performs exposure by beams is described, but it is not limited to this. The wafer W and the stage (holder) that can be transported integrally with the wafer called a transfer shuttle are integrally exchanged on a platform. Each of the above-mentioned embodiments (except for the wafer stage WST) can be applied to the exposure apparatus.

又,上述各實施方式中,已對晶圓平台WST可相對於X平台而向6個自由度方向移動之情形進行說明,但並不限定於此,晶圓平台WST亦可僅於XY平面內移動。於該情形時,測量晶圓平台WST之位置資訊之位置測量系統28亦可測量XY平面內之3個自由度方向之位置資訊。 In each of the above embodiments, the case where the wafer stage WST can be moved in 6 degrees of freedom relative to the X stage has been described, but it is not limited to this, and the wafer stage WST may be only in the XY plane. mobile. In this case, the position measurement system 28 that measures the position information of the wafer platform WST can also measure the position information in the three degrees of freedom directions in the XY plane.

上述各實施方式中,已對光學系統18經由構成平台腔室10之頂棚部之框架16而支持於底面上之情形進行說明,但並不限定於此,亦可於無塵室之頂棚面或者真空腔室之頂棚面上,利用具備防振功能之懸掛支持機構而以例如3點來懸掛支持。 In each of the above embodiments, the case where the optical system 18 is supported on the bottom surface through the frame 16 constituting the ceiling portion of the platform chamber 10 has been described, but it is not limited to this, and may also be on the ceiling surface of a clean room or The ceiling surface of the vacuum chamber is suspended and supported at, for example, three points by a suspension support mechanism having a vibration-proof function.

又,構成互補式微影術之曝光技術並不限定於使用ArF光源之液浸曝光技術、與帶電離子束曝光技術之組合,例如亦可利用使用ArF光源或KrF等其他光源之乾式曝光技術來形成線與空間圖案。 In addition, the exposure technique constituting complementary lithography is not limited to the combination of the liquid immersion exposure technique using an ArF light source and the charged ion beam exposure technique. For example, it can also be formed using a dry exposure technique using an ArF light source or other light source such as KrF. Line and space pattern.

此外,上述各實施方式中,已對目標為半導體元件製造用之晶圓之情形進行說明,但上述各實施方式之曝光裝置100、1000亦可於在玻璃基板上形成微細圖案而製造遮罩時適當應用。 In addition, in each of the above-mentioned embodiments, the case where the target is a wafer for semiconductor device manufacturing has been described, but the exposure apparatuses 100 and 1000 of the above-mentioned embodiments may also be used to form a mask when a fine pattern is formed on a glass substrate. Appropriate.

半導體元件等電子元件(微元件)係經過以下步驟來製造:進行元件之功能‧性能設計之步驟、由矽材料來製造晶圓之步驟、藉由上述實施方式之電子束曝光裝置及其曝光方法來進行對晶圓之曝光(依據所設計之圖案 資料的圖案之描畫)的微影步驟、將經曝光之晶圓進行顯影之顯影步驟、將殘存有抗蝕劑之部分以外之部分之露出構件藉由蝕刻而去除之蝕刻步驟、將蝕刻完畢而不再需要之抗蝕劑去除之抗蝕劑去除步驟、元件組裝步驟(包括切割步驟、接合步驟、封裝步驟)、檢査步驟等。於該情形時,藉由於微影步驟中,使用上述各實施方式之曝光裝置100、1000中之任一者來實行上述曝光方法,而於晶圓上形成元件圖案,因此可生產性良好地(良率良好地)製造高集成度之微元件。尤其於微影步驟中,進行上述互補式微影術,此時使用上述各實施方式之曝光裝置100、1000中之任一者來實行上述曝光方法,藉此可製造集成度更高之微元件。 Electronic elements (micro-elements) such as semiconductor elements are manufactured through the following steps: the function and performance design of the element, the step of manufacturing a wafer from a silicon material, the electron beam exposure device and the exposure method of the above embodiment The photolithography step of exposing the wafer (drawing of the pattern according to the designed pattern data), the developing step of developing the exposed wafer, and exposing members other than the part where the resist remains An etching step to remove by etching, a resist removing step to remove the resist that is not needed after the etching is completed, an element assembly step (including a cutting step, a bonding step, a packaging step), an inspection step, and the like. In this case, since the exposure method is performed using any of the exposure apparatuses 100 and 1000 of the above-mentioned embodiments in the lithography step, an element pattern is formed on the wafer, so the productivity is good ( Yield is good) to manufacture highly integrated micro-components. Especially in the lithography step, the above-mentioned complementary lithography is performed, and at this time, any one of the exposure apparatuses 100 and 1000 of the above-mentioned embodiments is used to implement the above-mentioned exposure method, thereby making it possible to manufacture micro-elements with higher integration.

此外,上述各實施方式中,已對使用電子束之曝光裝置進行說明,但並不限定於曝光裝置,於熔接等使用電子束來進行對目標之既定加工以及既定處理中之至少一者的裝置、或者使用電子束之檢査裝置等中,亦可應用上述實施方式之電子束裝置。 In addition, in each of the above embodiments, an exposure apparatus using an electron beam has been described, but it is not limited to an exposure apparatus, and an apparatus that uses an electron beam to perform at least one of a predetermined process and a predetermined process on a target, such as welding. Or, in the inspection device using an electron beam, the electron beam device of the embodiment described above may be applied.

此外,上述各實施方式中,已對光電層60由鹼光電轉換膜所形成之情形進行說明,但根據電子束裝置之種類、用途,光電層並不限定於鹼光電轉換膜,亦可使用其他種類之光電轉換膜來構成光電元件。 In addition, in each of the above embodiments, the case where the photoelectric layer 60 is formed of an alkali photoelectric conversion film has been described. However, depending on the type and application of the electron beam device, the photoelectric layer is not limited to the alkali photoelectric conversion film, and other types may be used. A type of photoelectric conversion film constitutes a photoelectric element.

又,上述各實施方式中,存在使用圓形、矩形等來對構件、開口、孔等之形狀進行說明之情形,但當然並不限定於該等形狀。 Moreover, although the shape of a member, an opening, a hole, etc. was demonstrated using the circle, rectangle, etc. in each said embodiment, it is needless to say that it is not limited to these shapes.

上述第1及第2實施方式中,如圖11(A)等所示,使用反射型之圖案產生器84,因此由照明系統82對圖案產生器84之受光面進行斜入射照明。於該情形時要求:於圖案產生器84之受光面上,利用投影光學系統86而有效地取入於圖11(A)之紙面(YZ平面)上相對於鉛直方向(Z方向)而傾斜反射之光。換言之,必須將從圖案產生器84之受光面而來之反射光,經由投影光學系統86而有效地引導至光電元件(光電轉換元件)54之光電轉換面上。以 下,對可將從經斜入射照明之圖案產生器84之受光面而來之反射光有效地取入之投影光學系統之基本構成進行說明。 In the first and second embodiments described above, as shown in FIG. 11 (A) and the like, since the reflective pattern generator 84 is used, the light receiving surface of the pattern generator 84 is illuminated by oblique incidence with the illumination system 82. In this case, it is required: on the light receiving surface of the pattern generator 84, the projection optical system 86 is used to effectively take in the inclined reflection on the paper surface (YZ plane) of FIG. 11 (A) with respect to the vertical direction (Z direction). Light. In other words, the reflected light from the light receiving surface of the pattern generator 84 must be effectively guided to the photoelectric conversion surface of the photoelectric element (photoelectric conversion element) 54 through the projection optical system 86. The following describes the basic configuration of a projection optical system that can efficiently take in reflected light from the light-receiving surface of the pattern generator 84 that has been obliquely illuminated.

圖33係概略性地示出依據第1類型之構成的投影光學系統之構成的圖。圖33中,使用與圖11(A)相同之整體座標(X,Y,Z),圖33之紙面與圖11(A)之紙面為彼此相同之XY平面。以下,於其他之關聯圖中,亦只要無特別說明,則使用與圖11(A)相同之整體座標(X,Y,Z)。而且,為了容易理解,而設為整體座標(X,Y,Z)之Z方向與空間之鉛直方向一致,且XY平面與空間之水平面一致者。 FIG. 33 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of a projection optical system according to a first type configuration. In FIG. 33, the same overall coordinates (X, Y, Z) as those in FIG. 11 (A) are used, and the paper surface of FIG. 33 and the paper surface of FIG. 11 (A) are the same XY planes. Hereinafter, in other related diagrams, unless otherwise specified, the same overall coordinates (X, Y, Z) as in FIG. 11 (A) are used. Furthermore, for ease of understanding, it is assumed that the Z direction of the global coordinates (X, Y, Z) is consistent with the vertical direction of space, and the XY plane is consistent with the horizontal plane of space.

第1類型之構成中,如圖33所示配置為:圖案產生器84之受光面84d之法線係於圖33之紙面(YZ平面)上相對於投影光學系統86A之光軸AXo而傾斜,且光電元件54之光電轉換面54a之法線亦於圖33之紙面上相對於投影光學系統86A之光軸AXo而傾斜。而且,受光面84d與光電轉換面54a係經由投影光學系統86A而光學性地共軛配置,光電轉換面54a係水平配置。此外,圖33中,投影光學系統86A夾持孔徑光闌AS而僅圖示出2個透鏡,但實際上,於圖案產生器84與孔徑光闌AS之間配置有複數個透鏡,且於孔徑光闌AS與光電元件54之光電轉換面54a之間配置有複數個透鏡。 In the configuration of the first type, as shown in FIG. 33, the normal line of the light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 is inclined on the paper surface (YZ plane) of FIG. 33 with respect to the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86A. And the normal of the photoelectric conversion surface 54a of the photoelectric element 54 is also inclined on the paper surface of FIG. 33 with respect to the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86A. The light-receiving surface 84d and the photoelectric conversion surface 54a are optically conjugately disposed via the projection optical system 86A, and the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is horizontally disposed. In addition, in FIG. 33, the projection optical system 86A only shows two lenses while holding the aperture stop AS. However, in reality, a plurality of lenses are arranged between the pattern generator 84 and the aperture stop AS. A plurality of lenses are arranged between the diaphragm AS and the photoelectric conversion surface 54 a of the photoelectric element 54.

即,投影光學系統86A關於與其物體面對應之受光面84d以及與像面對應之光電轉換面54a而滿足賽因福祿條件。此外,於使用光繞射型光閥GLV作為圖案產生器84之情形時,所謂受光面84d,係指處於基準狀態之複數個反射元件(於上述實施方式中與條帶84b對應)之反射面所配置之面。此外,亦可將圖案產生器84之受光面84d稱為圖案產生器84所具有之複數個反射元件之反射面所配置之配置面。其結果為,投影光學系統86A之光軸AXo於圖33之紙面中相對於鉛直方向(Z方向)而傾斜,受光面84d於圖33之紙面中相對於水平方向(Y方向)而傾斜。此外,圖案產生器84之受光面84d之法線亦可於 使圖33中之YZ平面圍繞Y軸而(於θy方向上)旋轉之面中,相對於投影光學系統86A之光軸AXo而傾斜。此時,光電元件54之光電轉換面54a之法線亦只要於使圖33中之YZ平面圍繞Y軸而(於θy方向上)旋轉之面中,相對於投影光學系統86A之光軸AXo而傾斜即可。換言之,圖案產生器84之受光面84d之法線亦可為使圖33中之Z軸圍繞X軸而(於θx方向上)旋轉,且圍繞Y軸而(於θy方向上)旋轉者。又,光電元件54之光電轉換面54a之法線亦可為使圖33中之Z軸圍繞Y軸而(於θy方向上)旋轉者。 In other words, the projection optical system 86A satisfies the conditions of Sain and Fluo regarding the light-receiving surface 84d corresponding to the object surface and the photoelectric conversion surface 54a corresponding to the image surface. In addition, when a light-diffractive light valve GLV is used as the pattern generator 84, the light-receiving surface 84d refers to a reflective surface of a plurality of reflective elements (corresponding to the strip 84b in the above embodiment) in a reference state. The configured side. In addition, the light-receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 may be referred to as an arrangement surface where the reflection surfaces of the plurality of reflection elements included in the pattern generator 84 are arranged. As a result, the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86A is inclined with respect to the vertical direction (Z direction) on the paper surface of FIG. 33, and the light receiving surface 84d is inclined with respect to the horizontal direction (Y direction) on the paper surface of FIG. 33. In addition, the normal of the light-receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 can also be inclined with respect to the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86A in a plane that rotates the YZ plane (in the θy direction) around the Y axis in FIG. 33. . At this time, the normal of the photoelectric conversion surface 54a of the photoelectric element 54 is only required to be relative to the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86A in the plane where the YZ plane in FIG. 33 is rotated around the Y axis (in the θy direction). Just tilt it. In other words, the normal of the light-receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 may also be such that the Z axis in FIG. 33 is rotated around the X axis (in the θx direction) and is rotated around the Y axis (in the θy direction). In addition, the normal of the photoelectric conversion surface 54a of the photoelectric element 54 may be such that the Z axis in FIG. 33 is rotated around the Y axis (in the θy direction).

圖33所示之第1類型之構成中,僅將投影光學系統86A之光軸AXo從鉛直方向,圍繞X軸而(即,於θx方向上)僅傾斜既定角度來設置即可,無需對投影光學系統自身之構成施加變化。具體而言,於投影光學系統86A之倍率為1/6之情形時,投影光學系統86A之光軸AXo之傾斜角度約為1.7度。又,由於光電轉換面54a沿著水平面(XY平面)而配置,故而若相對於後續之電子光學系統(電子束光學系統)70之光軸AXe而將光電轉換面54a設定為垂直,則可使電子光學系統70之光軸AXe與鉛直方向一致,電子光學系統70之設置容易。於該情形時,由於相對於電子光學系統70之光軸AXe而垂直地設定光電轉換面54a,故而可減輕電子光學系統70之像差修正之負擔。 In the first type of structure shown in FIG. 33, only the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86A can be set from a vertical direction and tilted by a predetermined angle around the X axis (that is, in the θx direction). The composition of the optical system itself changes. Specifically, when the magnification of the projection optical system 86A is 1/6, the tilt angle of the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86A is about 1.7 degrees. Since the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is arranged along the horizontal plane (XY plane), if the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is set perpendicular to the optical axis AXe of the subsequent electron optical system (electron beam optical system) 70, the photoelectric conversion surface 54a can be made vertical. The optical axis AXe of the electron optical system 70 coincides with the vertical direction, and installation of the electron optical system 70 is easy. In this case, since the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is set vertically with respect to the optical axis AXe of the electron optical system 70, the burden of aberration correction of the electron optical system 70 can be reduced.

圖33中,於圖案產生器84之入射側(光入射側)配置有光路彎折用之鏡98。又,於鏡98之入射側配置有具有既定楔角(頂角)之楔形稜鏡182e。後文對配置於投影光學系統86A與照明光學系統之間(嚴格而言為圖案產生器84與照明光學系統之間)的作為偏向構件之鏡98、以及作為照明光學系統之聚光點調整構件的楔形稜鏡182e之作用進行說明。 In FIG. 33, a mirror 98 for bending an optical path is arranged on the incident side (light incident side) of the pattern generator 84. A wedge-shaped ridge 182e having a predetermined wedge angle (apex angle) is arranged on the incident side of the mirror 98. The mirror 98, which is a deflection member, and the focusing point adjustment member, which is disposed between the projection optical system 86A and the illumination optical system (strictly between the pattern generator 84 and the illumination optical system), and the illumination optical system will be described later. The function of the wedge 稜鏡 182e will be described.

第1類型之構成中,雖使投影光學系統86A之光軸AXo相對於鉛直方向而傾斜,但如圖34所示,亦可為如下構成:使投影光學系統86B之光軸AXo與鉛直方向(Z方向)一致,且使受光面84d及光電轉換面54a均相對於水 平方向(Y方向)而傾斜來配置。圖34所示之第2類型之構成係藉由使圖33所示之第1類型之構成,僅圍繞X軸且僅旋轉既定角度而獲得。因此,受光面84d與光電轉換面54a係經由投影光學系統86B而光學性地共軛配置。此外,圖34中,投影光學系統86B僅夾持孔徑光闌AS而圖示出2個透鏡,但實際上,於圖案產生器84與孔徑光闌AS之間配置有複數個透鏡,且於孔徑光闌AS與光電元件54之光電轉換面54a之間配置有複數個透鏡。 In the first configuration, although the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86A is inclined with respect to the vertical direction, as shown in FIG. 34, the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86B and the vertical direction ( (Z-direction), and the light-receiving surface 84d and the photoelectric conversion surface 54a are both inclined with respect to the horizontal direction (Y-direction). The configuration of the second type shown in FIG. 34 is obtained by making the configuration of the first type shown in FIG. 33 only around the X axis and rotating only a predetermined angle. Therefore, the light receiving surface 84d and the photoelectric conversion surface 54a are optically conjugately disposed via the projection optical system 86B. In addition, in FIG. 34, the projection optical system 86B only holds the aperture stop AS and shows two lenses. However, in reality, a plurality of lenses are arranged between the pattern generator 84 and the aperture stop AS. A plurality of lenses are arranged between the diaphragm AS and the photoelectric conversion surface 54 a of the photoelectric element 54.

又,投影光學系統86B係關於與其物體面對應之受光面84d以及與像面對應之光電轉換面54a而滿足賽因福祿條件。第2類型之構成中,由於光軸AXo於鉛直方向上延伸,故而容易設置投影光學系統86B。但,由於光電轉換面54a相對於水平面(XY平面)而傾斜,故而若相對於後續之電子光學系統70之光軸AXe而將光電轉換面54a設定為垂直,則電子光學系統70之光軸AXe相對於鉛直方向而傾斜。 In addition, the projection optical system 86B satisfies the conditions of Sain and Fluo regarding the light receiving surface 84d corresponding to the object surface and the photoelectric conversion surface 54a corresponding to the image surface. In the second type configuration, since the optical axis AXo extends in the vertical direction, it is easy to install the projection optical system 86B. However, since the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is inclined with respect to the horizontal plane (XY plane), if the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is set to be perpendicular to the subsequent optical axis AXe of the electronic optical system 70, the optical axis AXe of the electronic optical system 70 Inclined with respect to the vertical direction.

第1類型之構成以及第2類型之構成中,如圖35所示,射入至配置於平行平面板狀之透明基板(與上述實施方式中之透明之板構件56對應)56之出射側(光出射側:圖35之下側)的光電轉換面(與上述實施方式中之鹼光電層60之光電轉換面對應)54a上之光之主光線Ch不依存於光電轉換面54a之位置,為彼此相同之角度,但於光電轉換面54a不垂直。此外,圖35中,為了圖式之明瞭化,而將設置於透明基板56與光電轉換面54a之間的遮光膜(針孔)58之圖示省略。 In the structure of the first type and the structure of the second type, as shown in FIG. 35, the light is incident on the exit side (transparent substrate member 56 corresponding to the transparent plate member 56 in the above-mentioned embodiment) 56 disposed in a parallel plane plate shape ( The light exit side: the lower side of FIG. 35) The main light ray Ch of the light on the photoelectric conversion surface (corresponding to the photoelectric conversion surface of the alkali photoelectric layer 60 in the above embodiment) 54a does not depend on the position of the photoelectric conversion surface 54a. The angles are the same as each other, but are not perpendicular to the photoelectric conversion surface 54a. In addition, in FIG. 35, the illustration of the light-shielding film (pinhole) 58 provided between the transparent substrate 56 and the photoelectric conversion surface 54 a is omitted for clarity of illustration.

於該情形時,例如於上側周邊光線UPML及下側周邊光線UNML與主光線Ch之間,透明基板56中之光路長度不同,因此產生彗形像差。第1類型之構成及第2類型之構成中,為了將由於向光電轉換面54a之斜入射而產生之彗形像差加以修正,只要如圖36所示,使透明基板56a之入射側之面(圖36中右側之面)與投影光學系統86A,86B之光軸AXo正交,將透明基板56a 形成為不平行平面板狀,即,楔形稜鏡狀即可。此外,圖36中,於透明基板56a之入射側配置有具有平行平面板之形態的真空隔離壁用之窗玻璃56A。此外,並不限定於使透明基板56a之入射側之面與投影光學系統86A,86B之光軸AXo正交之情形,亦可將透明基板56a之入射側之面設為相對於透明基板56a之出射側之面(光電轉換面54a)而不平行。 In this case, for example, the optical path lengths in the transparent substrate 56 are different between the upper peripheral light UPML and the lower peripheral light UNML and the main light Ch, so that a coma aberration occurs. In the structure of the first type and the structure of the second type, in order to correct the coma aberration caused by the oblique incidence on the photoelectric conversion surface 54a, as shown in FIG. 36, the surface on the incident side of the transparent substrate 56a is corrected. (The surface on the right in FIG. 36) is orthogonal to the optical axes AXo of the projection optical systems 86A and 86B, and the transparent substrate 56a may be formed into a non-parallel planar plate shape, that is, a wedge-shaped 稜鏡 shape. In addition, in FIG. 36, a window glass 56A for a vacuum partition having a form of a parallel flat plate is arranged on the incident side of the transparent substrate 56a. In addition, it is not limited to the case where the surface of the incident side of the transparent substrate 56a is orthogonal to the optical axis AXo of the projection optical systems 86A and 86B, and the surface of the incident side of the transparent substrate 56a may be set to be opposite to the transparent substrate 56a. The exit side surface (photoelectric conversion surface 54a) is not parallel.

或者,如圖37所示,於必須將透明基板56b之入射側之面與出射側之面構成為平行之情形時,亦可形成為:於透明基板56b之入射側隔開間隔而配置的真空隔離壁用之窗玻璃56B之入射側之面(圖37中右側之面)與投影光學系統86A,86B之光軸AXo正交,且其出射側之面(圖37中左側之面)之法線於圖37之紙面中相對於光軸AXo而傾斜。換言之,亦可藉由將透明基板56b形成為平行平面板狀,且將窗玻璃56B形成為楔形稜鏡狀,而將由於向光電轉換面54a之斜入射而產生之彗形像差加以修正。作為第2透明基板之窗玻璃56A,56B位於電子光學系統70之真空空間與外部環境之邊界。此外,即便為不需要將透明基板56b之入射側之面與出射側之面構成為平行之情形,亦可形成為:使真空隔離壁用之窗玻璃56B之入射側之面與投影光學系統86A,86B之光軸AXo正交,且使其出射側之面(圖37中左側之面)之法線於圖37之紙面中相對於光軸AXo而傾斜。 Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 37, when the surface on the incident side and the surface on the exit side of the transparent substrate 56b must be configured in parallel, it may be formed as a vacuum arranged at intervals on the incident side of the transparent substrate 56b. The method of dividing the window glass 56B on the entrance side (the right side surface in FIG. 37) with the optical axes AXo of the projection optical systems 86A and 86B, and the exit side surface (the left side surface in FIG. 37). The line is inclined with respect to the optical axis AXo on the paper surface of FIG. 37. In other words, by forming the transparent substrate 56b into a parallel plane plate shape and forming the window glass 56B into a wedge shape, the coma aberration caused by the oblique incidence to the photoelectric conversion surface 54a can be corrected. The window glass 56A, 56B as the second transparent substrate is located at the boundary between the vacuum space of the electron optical system 70 and the external environment. In addition, even in a case where it is not necessary to configure the surface on the incident side and the surface on the emission side of the transparent substrate 56b to be parallel, the surface on the incidence side of the window glass 56B for the vacuum partition wall and the projection optical system 86A may be formed The optical axis AXo of 86B is orthogonal, and the normal of the surface on the exit side thereof (the left surface in FIG. 37) is inclined with respect to the optical axis AXo in the paper surface of FIG. 37.

又,雖省略圖示,但亦可將非球面形狀之光學面導入投影光學系統86A,86B中,上述非球面形狀之光學面具有可將由於向光電轉換面54a之斜入射而產生之彗形像差加以修正的形狀。該非球面形狀之光學面之數量並不限定於1個。亦可將使透明基板56b形成為楔形稜鏡狀之圖36之方法與將非球面形狀之光學面導入投影光學系統86A,86B中之方法加以組合,或者將使窗玻璃56B形成為楔形稜鏡狀之圖37之方法與將非球面形狀之光學面導入投影光學系統86A,86B中之方法加以組合,從而將由於向光電轉換面54a之斜入射而產生之彗 形像差加以修正。 In addition, although illustration is omitted, aspherical optical surfaces may be introduced into the projection optical systems 86A and 86B. The aspherical optical surfaces have a coma shape that can be generated by oblique incidence to the photoelectric conversion surface 54a. Aberration-corrected shape. The number of the aspherical optical surfaces is not limited to one. The method of FIG. 36 in which the transparent substrate 56b is formed into a wedge shape may be combined with the method of introducing an aspherical optical surface into the projection optical systems 86A and 86B, or the window glass 56B may be formed in a wedge shape. The method of FIG. 37 is combined with the method of introducing an aspherical optical surface into the projection optical systems 86A and 86B, thereby correcting the coma aberration caused by the oblique incidence to the photoelectric conversion surface 54a.

第3類型之構成中,如圖38所示,圖案產生器84之受光面84d係配置為:其法線於圖38之紙面(YZ平面)中相對於投影光學系統86C之光軸AXo而傾斜,但光電轉換面54a係配置為與投影光學系統86C之光軸AXo正交。具體而言,投影光學系統86C之光軸AXo於鉛直方向(Z方向)上延伸,且光電轉換面54a沿著水平面(XY平面)而配置。而且,為於受光面84d與光電轉換面54a之間確保光學性共軛關係,投影光學系統86C具有關於其光軸AXo而偏心配置之至少1個光學構件86Ca。此外,圖38中,投影光學系統86C係夾持孔徑光闌AS而僅圖示出2個透鏡,但實際上,於圖案產生器84與孔徑光闌AS之間配置有複數個透鏡,且於孔徑光闌AS與光電元件54之光電轉換面54a之間配置有複數個透鏡。 In the third type configuration, as shown in FIG. 38, the light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 is arranged such that its normal line is inclined with respect to the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86C on the paper surface (YZ plane) in FIG. 38. However, the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is disposed orthogonal to the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86C. Specifically, the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86C extends in the vertical direction (Z direction), and the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is arranged along the horizontal plane (XY plane). Further, in order to ensure an optical conjugate relationship between the light receiving surface 84d and the photoelectric conversion surface 54a, the projection optical system 86C includes at least one optical member 86Ca that is eccentrically arranged with respect to the optical axis AXo thereof. In addition, in FIG. 38, the projection optical system 86C holds only the aperture stop AS and only two lenses are shown. In reality, a plurality of lenses are arranged between the pattern generator 84 and the aperture stop AS. A plurality of lenses are arranged between the aperture stop AS and the photoelectric conversion surface 54 a of the photoelectric element 54.

即,光學構件86Ca係相對於投影光學系統86C之光軸AXo而偏心配置。光學構件86Ca之光軸可從投影光學系統86C之光軸AXo上脫離(例如向Y方向偏心),亦可相對於投影光學系統86C之光軸AXo而傾斜,亦可將該等加以組合。第3類型之構成中,由於光軸AXo於鉛直方向上延伸,故而投影光學系統86C之設置容易。又,由於光電轉換面54a沿著水平面而配置,故而若相對於後續之電子光學系統70之光軸AXe而將光電轉換面54a設定為垂直,則可使電子光學系統70之光軸AXe與鉛直方向一致,電子光學系統70之設置容易。於該情形時,由於相對於電子光學系統70之光軸AXe而垂直地設定光電轉換面54a,故而可減輕電子光學系統70之像差修正之負擔。 That is, the optical member 86Ca is eccentrically disposed with respect to the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86C. The optical axis of the optical member 86Ca may be detached from the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86C (for example, decentered in the Y direction), or may be inclined with respect to the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86C, or may be combined. In the third type of configuration, since the optical axis AXo extends in the vertical direction, installation of the projection optical system 86C is easy. In addition, since the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is arranged along the horizontal plane, if the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is set perpendicular to the optical axis AXe of the subsequent electron optical system 70, the optical axis AXe of the electron optical system 70 and the vertical The directions are the same, and the setting of the electron optical system 70 is easy. In this case, since the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is set vertically with respect to the optical axis AXe of the electron optical system 70, the burden of aberration correction of the electron optical system 70 can be reduced.

此外,圖38中,相對於投影光學系統86C之光軸AXo而偏心配置之光學構件86Ca係於孔徑光闌AS與光電元件54之光電轉換面54a之間的光學構件,但亦可代替其或者除其以外,而將圖案產生器84之受光面84d與孔徑光闌AS之間的光學構件相對於投影光學系統86C之光軸AXo而偏心配置。又,偏心配置之光 學構件之數量並不限定於1個,亦可偏心配置複數個光學構件。 In addition, in FIG. 38, the optical member 86Ca disposed eccentrically with respect to the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86C is an optical member between the aperture stop AS and the photoelectric conversion surface 54a of the photoelectric element 54, but it may be used instead of or In addition to this, the optical member between the light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 and the aperture stop AS is eccentrically disposed with respect to the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86C. The number of optical members arranged eccentrically is not limited to one, and a plurality of optical members may be arranged eccentrically.

第4類型之構成中,如圖39所示,圖案產生器84之受光面84d以及光電轉換面54a之法線與投影光學系統86D之光軸AXo平行,且與投影光學系統86D之光軸AXo分別向Y方向分離而配置。換言之,圖案產生器84之複數個反射元件(例如條帶84b)的反射面之法線與投影光學系統86D之光軸AXo平行,且於包含投影光學系統86D之光軸AXo的YZ面中與投影光學系統86D之光軸AXo分離而配置。而且,投影光學系統86D之光軸AXo於鉛直方向(Z方向)上延伸,且受光面84d以及光電轉換面54a均沿著水平面(XY平面)而配置。受光面84d與光電轉換面54a係經由投影光學系統86D而光學性地共軛配置。此外,圖39中,投影光學系統86D夾持孔徑光闌AS而僅圖示出2個透鏡,但實際上,於圖案產生器84與孔徑光闌AS之間配置有複數個透鏡,且於孔徑光闌AS與光電元件54之光電轉換面54a之間配置有複數個透鏡。 In the fourth type configuration, as shown in FIG. 39, the normals of the light receiving surface 84d and the photoelectric conversion surface 54a of the pattern generator 84 are parallel to the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86D, and are parallel to the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86D. They are arranged separately in the Y direction. In other words, the normal of the reflective surface of the plurality of reflective elements (for example, the strip 84b) of the pattern generator 84 is parallel to the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86D, and in the YZ plane including the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86D, The optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86D is arranged separately. The optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86D extends in the vertical direction (Z direction), and the light receiving surface 84d and the photoelectric conversion surface 54a are arranged along the horizontal plane (XY plane). The light receiving surface 84d and the photoelectric conversion surface 54a are optically conjugated via a projection optical system 86D. In addition, in FIG. 39, the projection optical system 86D holds only the aperture stop AS and only two lenses are shown. Actually, a plurality of lenses are arranged between the pattern generator 84 and the aperture stop AS. A plurality of lenses are arranged between the diaphragm AS and the photoelectric conversion surface 54 a of the photoelectric element 54.

第4類型之構成中,由於光軸AXo於鉛直方向上延伸,故而投影光學系統86D之設置容易。又,於投影光學系統86D之出射側(光電轉換面54a側)為遠心,但於入射側(受光面84d側)為非遠心,因此藉由使圖案產生器84,進一步使其受光面84d向Z方向移動,可修正(調整)投影光學系統86D之倍率。又,由於光電轉換面54a沿著水平面而配置,故而若相對於後續之電子光學系統70之光軸AXe而將光電轉換面54a設定為垂直,則可使電子光學系統70之光軸AXe與鉛直方向一致,電子光學系統70之設置容易。於該情形時,由於相對於電子光學系統70之光軸AXe而垂直地設定光電轉換面54a,故而可減輕電子光學系統70之像差修正之負擔 In the fourth type configuration, since the optical axis AXo extends in the vertical direction, installation of the projection optical system 86D is easy. In addition, the emission side (photoelectric conversion surface 54a side) of the projection optical system 86D is telecentric, but it is non-telecentric on the incident side (light receiving surface 84d side). Therefore, the pattern generator 84 is used to further make the light receiving surface 84d toward the Moving in the Z direction can correct (adjust) the magnification of the projection optical system 86D. In addition, since the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is arranged along the horizontal plane, if the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is set perpendicular to the optical axis AXe of the subsequent electron optical system 70, the optical axis AXe of the electron optical system 70 and the vertical The directions are the same, and the setting of the electron optical system 70 is easy. In this case, since the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is set vertically with respect to the optical axis AXe of the electron optical system 70, the burden of aberration correction of the electron optical system 70 can be reduced.

依據第1~第4類型之構成的投影光學系統86A~86D具有複數個反射元件,將由利用來自照明光學系統之光而產生複數個光束之圖案產生器84而來之複數個光束,投影至光電元件54之光電轉換面54a上。換言之,投影光 學系統86A~86D將圖案產生器84之受光面84d與光電轉換面54a光學性地共軛,而將來自圖案產生器84之複數個光束投影至光電轉換面54a上。 The projection optical systems 86A to 86D according to the first to fourth types have a plurality of reflective elements, and project a plurality of light beams from the pattern generator 84 that generates a plurality of light beams by using light from the illumination optical system to the photoelectricity. The photoelectric conversion surface 54 a of the element 54. In other words, the projection optical systems 86A to 86D optically conjugate the light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 and the photoelectric conversion surface 54a, and project a plurality of light beams from the pattern generator 84 onto the photoelectric conversion surface 54a.

第1~第3類型之構成中,圖案產生器84之受光面84d之法線於包含投影光學系統86A~86C之光軸AXo之YZ平面中,相對於光軸AXo而傾斜。第4類型之構成中,圖案產生器84係與投影光學系統86D之光軸AXo分離而配置。但,第1~第4類型之構成中,共通之處在於:圖案產生器84側之主光線、即來自圖案產生器84之反射光之主光線於包含投影光學系統86A~86D之光軸AXo之YZ平面中,相對於受光面54a之法線而傾斜。其結果為,可將由經斜入射照明之圖案產生器84之受光面84d而來之反射光,經由投影光學系統86A~86D而有效引導至光電轉換面54a,進一步將來自受光面84d之反射光有效取入至投影光學系統86A~86D中。 In the structures of the first to third types, the normal of the light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 is inclined with respect to the optical axis AXo in the YZ plane including the optical axes AXo of the projection optical systems 86A to 86C. In the fourth type configuration, the pattern generator 84 is disposed separately from the optical axis AXo of the projection optical system 86D. However, the first to fourth types of structures have in common that the main light rays on the pattern generator 84 side, that is, the main light rays of the reflected light from the pattern generator 84 are included in the optical axis AXo of the projection optical systems 86A to 86D. The YZ plane is inclined with respect to the normal of the light receiving surface 54a. As a result, the reflected light from the light-receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 subjected to oblique incidence illumination can be efficiently guided to the photoelectric conversion surface 54a through the projection optical systems 86A to 86D, and the reflected light from the light-receiving surface 84d can be further guided. Effectively taken into projection optical systems 86A ~ 86D.

又,第1~第4類型之構成中,共通之處在於:射入至光電轉換面54a之光之主光線不依存於光電轉換面54a之位置,而為一定之角度。其結果為,即便光電轉換面54a於投影光學系統86A~86D之光軸AXo之方向上位置偏移,亦可將光電轉換面54a之位置偏移對投影光學系統86A~86D之成像性能帶來之影響抑制為較小。換言之,即便光電轉換面54a於光軸AXo之方向上位置偏移,亦可抑制形成於光電轉換面54a上之光圖案之崩塌。進一步,可將經由電子光學系統70而形成於晶圓上之電子束之照射區域之形狀設為所需之形狀。尤其於第3及第4類型之構成中,射入至光電轉換面54a之光之主光線不依存於光電轉換面54a之位置,而與光電轉換面54a垂直。如上所述,由於投影光學系統86C,86D於出射側為遠心,故而可將光電轉換面54a之位置偏移對投影光學系統86C,86D之成像性能帶來之影響抑制為更小。 In addition, the first to fourth types of structures have in common that the main rays of light incident on the photoelectric conversion surface 54a do not depend on the position of the photoelectric conversion surface 54a, but have a certain angle. As a result, even if the position of the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is shifted in the direction of the optical axis AXo of the projection optical systems 86A to 86D, the positional deviation of the photoelectric conversion surface 54a can bring the imaging performance of the projection optical systems 86A to 86D. The influence is suppressed to be small. In other words, even if the position of the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is shifted in the direction of the optical axis AXo, the collapse of the light pattern formed on the photoelectric conversion surface 54a can be suppressed. Further, the shape of the irradiation area of the electron beam formed on the wafer through the electron optical system 70 can be set to a desired shape. In particular, in the structures of the third and fourth types, the main rays of light incident on the photoelectric conversion surface 54a do not depend on the position of the photoelectric conversion surface 54a, but are perpendicular to the photoelectric conversion surface 54a. As described above, since the projection optical systems 86C and 86D are telecentric on the exit side, the influence of the positional shift of the photoelectric conversion surface 54a on the imaging performance of the projection optical systems 86C and 86D can be suppressed to be smaller.

又,如上所述,第1、第3及第4類型之構成中,光電轉換面54a沿著水平面而配置。此意指,可使後續之電子光學系統70之光軸AXe與鉛直方 向一致,且可將其光軸AXe相對於光電轉換面54a而垂直設定。其結果為,可減輕電子光學系統70中之像差修正之負擔,可使其設計容易,可簡化機構。 In addition, as described above, in the first, third, and fourth types of structures, the photoelectric conversion surface 54a is arranged along the horizontal plane. This means that the optical axis AXe of the subsequent electronic optical system 70 can be made to coincide with the vertical direction, and its optical axis AXe can be set vertically with respect to the photoelectric conversion surface 54a. As a result, the burden of aberration correction in the electro-optical system 70 can be reduced, the design can be made easier, and the mechanism can be simplified.

其次,關於對圖案產生器84之受光面84d進行斜入射照明之照明系統82進行說明。上述實施方式中,使用GLV作為圖案產生器84,必須將於其受光面84d中在與圖11(A)之紙面(YZ平面)正交之X方向上細長之矩形狀之照野(狹縫狀之照野),在與X方向正交之方向(於受光面84d沿著XY平面而配置之情形時為Y方向)上隔開間隔而形成複數個。而且,為良好地進行電子束處理,例如電子束曝光,要求不依存於圖案產生器84之受光面84d上之位置,而從傾斜方向進行均勻照明。此處,對受光面84d進行均勻照明,意指:使各狹縫狀之照野內之照度大致均勻;將各照野之形狀設為所需之狹縫狀;於所有照野之間,使照度、形狀、照明NA等均勻化等。此外,當然亦可於所有照野之間,使照度、形狀、照明NA等於既定之誤差之範圍內不均勻。 Next, an illumination system 82 that illuminates the light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 at oblique incidence will be described. In the above embodiment, when GLV is used as the pattern generator 84, it is necessary that the light receiving surface 84d has an elongated rectangular field (slit) in the X direction orthogonal to the paper surface (YZ plane) of FIG. 11 (A). A plurality of light fields are formed at intervals in a direction orthogonal to the X direction (the Y direction when the light receiving surface 84d is arranged along the XY plane). Furthermore, in order to perform electron beam processing well, for example, electron beam exposure, it is required that uniform illumination is performed from an oblique direction without depending on the position on the light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84. Here, uniformly illuminating the light-receiving surface 84d means: making the illumination in each slit-shaped field substantially uniform; setting the shape of each field to a desired slit shape; between all the fields, Uniformity of illumination, shape, lighting NA, etc. In addition, of course, it is also possible to make the illuminance, shape, and NA of the illumination equal to a predetermined error range among all the illumination fields.

以下,為了容易理解,而對在與照明系統82之光軸AXi正交之被照射面上,隔開間隔而形成複數個狹縫狀之照野的照明光學系統之基本構成進行說明。對於圖40所示之照明光學系統182A,從光源部82a來間歇地供給雷射光。圖40中,沿著照明光學系統182A之光軸AXi而設定z1軸,在與光軸AXi正交之面中於圖40之紙面之鉛直方向上設定y1軸,在與圖40之紙面正交之方向上設定x1軸。於該局部座標(x1,y1,z1)與圖11(A)之整體座標(X,Y,Z)之間,x1,y1,z1軸分別對應於X,Y,Z軸。 Hereinafter, for easy understanding, a basic configuration of an illumination optical system in which a plurality of slit-shaped light fields are formed at intervals on an illuminated surface orthogonal to the optical axis AXi of the illumination system 82 will be described. For the illumination optical system 182A shown in FIG. 40, laser light is intermittently supplied from the light source section 82a. In FIG. 40, the z1 axis is set along the optical axis AXi of the illumination optical system 182A, and the y1 axis is set in a direction perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 40 in a plane orthogonal to the optical axis AXi, and orthogonal to the paper plane of FIG. 40. Set the x1 axis in the direction. Between the local coordinates (x1, y1, z1) and the overall coordinates (X, Y, Z) of FIG. 11 (A), the x1, y1, and z1 axes correspond to the X, Y, and Z axes, respectively.

光源部82a具有在與圖40之紙面(y1z1平面)正交之x1方向上細長之矩形狀之發光部。作為光源部82a,例如可使用高相干性之半導體雷射光源。具體而言,如上所述,作為光源部82a,例如可使用包含使波長365nm之雷射光連續振盪之雷射二極體88、及AO偏向器90,且可間歇地發出波長365nm之雷射光(雷射束)之光源部。或者,可使用使雷射二極體88自身間歇地發 光之光源部來作為光源部82a。此外,光源部82a亦可連續地供給雷射光。於該情形時,亦可於光源部82a之出射側設置光閘。 The light source section 82a includes a light emitting section having a rectangular shape that is elongated in the x1 direction orthogonal to the paper surface (y1z1 plane) in FIG. 40. As the light source section 82a, for example, a semiconductor laser light source with high coherence can be used. Specifically, as described above, as the light source unit 82a, for example, a laser diode 88 that continuously oscillates laser light with a wavelength of 365 nm and an AO deflector 90 may be used, and the laser light with a wavelength of 365 nm may be emitted intermittently ( Laser beam). Alternatively, as the light source section 82a, a light source section that causes the laser diode 88 to emit light intermittently may be used. In addition, the light source unit 82a may continuously supply laser light. In this case, a shutter may be provided on the emission side of the light source section 82a.

照明光學系統182A係從光源部82a朝向與光軸AXi正交之被照射面82c而依序具有:準直器光學系統182a,其將來自光源部82a之光進行聚光;光學積分器182b,其具有沿著與光軸AXi正交之x1y1平面而並列配置之複數個波前分割要素(例如微小透鏡)182ba;以及傅立葉轉換光學系統182c,其將由位於光學積分器182b之出射側之照明光瞳而來之光束,以於被照射面82c上重疊之方式進行聚光。此處,傅立葉轉換光學系統182c亦可將照明光瞳與被照射面設為光學性之傅立葉轉換之關係。又,照明光瞳可與照明光學系統182A之出射光瞳為光學性共軛,亦可與投影光學系統86A之孔徑光闌為光學性共軛。此外,亦可將光學積分器182b稱為複眼透鏡系統。又,傅立葉轉換光學系統182c亦可稱為聚光光學系統。 The illumination optical system 182A sequentially includes a collimator optical system 182a from the light source section 82a toward the illuminated surface 82c orthogonal to the optical axis AXi; the optical integrator 182b, It has a plurality of wavefront division elements (for example, micro lenses) 182ba arranged side by side along the x1y1 plane orthogonal to the optical axis AXi; and a Fourier transform optical system 182c, which is to be illuminated by the illumination light on the exit side of the optical integrator 182b The light beam coming from the pupil is condensed so as to be superimposed on the illuminated surface 82c. Here, the Fourier conversion optical system 182c may also set the relationship between the illumination pupil and the illuminated surface as optical Fourier conversion. The illumination pupil may be optically conjugated to the exit pupil of the illumination optical system 182A, or may be optically conjugated to the aperture stop of the projection optical system 86A. The optical integrator 182b may be referred to as a fly-eye lens system. The Fourier conversion optical system 182c may also be referred to as a condensing optical system.

照明光學系統182A中,來自光源部82a之光經由準直器光學系統182a而成為大致平行之光束,射入至光學積分器182b。射入至光學積分器182b之光束係由複數個波前分割要素182ba進行波前分割,而於各波前分割要素182ba之出射側分別形成1個光源像。即,於位於光學積分器182b之各波前分割要素182ba之出射側的照明光瞳上,形成於x1方向上細長之矩形狀之光源像。即,於照明光學系統182A之照明光瞳中,形成複數個於x1方向上細長之矩形狀之光源像。此外,形成於照明光學系統182A之照明光瞳上之複數個光源像並不限定於細長之矩形狀者,例如亦可為長圓形狀或橢圓形狀。 In the illumination optical system 182A, the light from the light source section 82a passes through the collimator optical system 182a to become a substantially parallel light beam, and enters the optical integrator 182b. The light beam incident on the optical integrator 182b is subjected to wavefront division by a plurality of wavefront division elements 182ba, and one light source image is formed on the exit side of each wavefront division element 182ba. That is, on the illumination pupil located on the exit side of each of the wavefront division elements 182ba of the optical integrator 182b, an elongated rectangular light source image is formed in the x1 direction. That is, in the illumination pupil of the illumination optical system 182A, a plurality of rectangular light source images elongated in the x1 direction are formed. In addition, the plurality of light source images formed on the illumination pupil of the illumination optical system 182A are not limited to those having an elongated rectangular shape, and may be, for example, an oval shape or an oval shape.

由形成於照明光學系統182A之照明光瞳上之複數個光源像而來之光束係經由傅立葉轉換光學系統182c,以於被照射面82c上重疊之方式進行聚光。即,傅立葉轉換光學系統182c構成聚光光學系統,其將由形成於照明光瞳上之複數個光源像而來之光束聚光於被照射面82c上。其結果為,經過各波前 分割要素182ba之光束於y1方向上形成干涉條紋,藉此,如圖41所示,於x1方向上細長之複數個狹縫狀之照野82ca係於y1方向上隔開間隔而形成。如此一來,光源部82a具有x1方向之長度長於y1方向之發光部,其可干涉性係y1方向高於x1方向。 The light beams from the plurality of light source images formed on the illumination pupil of the illumination optical system 182A are focused by the Fourier conversion optical system 182c so as to overlap the illuminated surface 82c. That is, the Fourier conversion optical system 182c constitutes a condensing optical system that condenses a light beam from a plurality of light source images formed on the illumination pupil on the illuminated surface 82c. As a result, the light beam passing through each of the wavefront division elements 182ba forms interference fringes in the y1 direction. As shown in FIG. 41, as shown in FIG. 41, a plurality of slit-shaped photofields 82ca elongated in the x1 direction are tied in the y1 direction. Formed at intervals. In this way, the light source section 82a has a light emitting section whose length in the x1 direction is longer than that in the y1 direction, and its interference property is higher in the y1 direction than in the x1 direction.

圖40所示之照明光學系統182A中,使用波前分割型之光學積分器182b,但如圖42所示,亦可為代替光學積分器182b而使用繞射光學元件182d之構成。繞射光學元件182d係將來自光源部82a之光繞射,而射出相對於照明光學系統182B之光軸AXi而言之角度離散性地不同之複數個光束的光學元件。作為繞射光學元件182d,例如可使用如達曼繞射光柵(dammann繞射光柵)之類之繞射光學元件。 In the illumination optical system 182A shown in FIG. 40, a wavefront-divided optical integrator 182b is used. However, as shown in FIG. 42, a diffractive optical element 182d may be used instead of the optical integrator 182b. The diffractive optical element 182d is an optical element that diffracts light from the light source unit 82a and emits a plurality of light beams having discretely different angles with respect to the optical axis AXi of the illumination optical system 182B. As the diffractive optical element 182d, for example, a diffractive optical element such as a dammann diffraction grating (dammann diffraction grating) can be used.

圖42所示之照明光學系統182B中,來自光源部82a之光經由準直器光學系統182a而成為大致平行之光束,射入至繞射光學元件182d。經過繞射光學元件182d之光、相對於光軸AXi之角度離散性地不同之複數個光束係藉由傅立葉轉換光學系統182c,而分別聚光於被照射面82c中之不同位置。於該情形時,傅立葉轉換光學系統182c構成將來自繞射光學元件182d之複數個光束聚光於被照射面82c上之聚光光學系統。其結果為,如圖41所示,於x1方向上細長之複數個狹縫狀之照野82ca係於y1方向上隔開間隔而形成。換言之,繞射光學元件182d之繞射光學面係設計為:當大致平行之入射光束射入時,於遠場區域(遠視野區域)形成複數個狹縫狀之照野;藉由將該繞射光學元件182d與傅立葉轉換光學系統182c組合使用,則形成於遠場區域(遠視野區域)中之複數個狹縫狀之照野形成於與繞射光學元件之距離有限之面,典型而言為被照射面上。其結果為,於被照射面82c上形成如圖41所示之複數個狹縫狀之照野82ca。 In the illumination optical system 182B shown in FIG. 42, the light from the light source unit 82 a passes through the collimator optical system 182 a to become a substantially parallel light beam, and enters the diffractive optical element 182 d. The plurality of light beams passing through the diffractive optical element 182d and having discretely different angles with respect to the optical axis AXi are respectively focused at different positions in the illuminated surface 82c by the Fourier transform optical system 182c. In this case, the Fourier conversion optical system 182c constitutes a condensing optical system for condensing a plurality of light beams from the diffractive optical element 182d on the illuminated surface 82c. As a result, as shown in FIG. 41, a plurality of slit-shaped photofields 82ca elongated in the x1 direction are formed at intervals in the y1 direction. In other words, the diffractive optical surface of the diffractive optical element 182d is designed to form a plurality of slit-shaped light fields in the far-field area (far-field area) when substantially parallel incident light beams are incident; When the diffractive optical element 182d and the Fourier conversion optical system 182c are used in combination, a plurality of slit-shaped light fields formed in the far-field area (far-field area) are formed on the surface with a limited distance from the diffractive optical element. Typically, Is the illuminated surface. As a result, a plurality of slit-shaped photofields 82ca as shown in FIG. 41 are formed on the illuminated surface 82c.

於被照射面82c與照明光學系統182A,182B之光軸AXi正交之情形時,比較容易一面形成如圖41所示之複數個狹縫狀之照野82ca,一面對被照 射面82c進行均勻照明。然而,上述實施方式中,為了於反射型之圖案產生器84之前後將光路分離,要求利用照明系統82,從傾斜方向對圖案產生器84之受光面84d進行均勻照明。換言之,為了於作為被照射面之受光面84d之前後實現光路分離,要求從傾斜方向,對與照明系統82之光軸AXi不垂直之被照射面進行均勻照明。 In the case where the illuminated surface 82c is orthogonal to the optical axes AXi of the illumination optical systems 182A and 182B, it is relatively easy to form a plurality of slit-shaped photofields 82ca as shown in FIG. 41, and to perform it on the illuminated surface 82c. Even lighting. However, in the above-mentioned embodiment, in order to separate the light path before and after the reflective pattern generator 84, it is required to use the lighting system 82 to uniformly illuminate the light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 from an oblique direction. In other words, in order to separate the light paths before and after the light receiving surface 84d as the illuminated surface, it is required to uniformly illuminate the illuminated surface which is not perpendicular to the optical axis AXi of the lighting system 82 from the oblique direction.

圖43係對圖40所示之照明光學系統182A中,被照射面82c與光軸AXi不垂直之情形時所產生之不良進行說明之圖。但,圖43中,為了圖式之明瞭化,而示出從光學積分器182b至被照射面82c為止之構成,省略準直器光學系統182a之圖示。將準直器光學系統182a之圖示省略之方面,於關聯之圖44、圖46~圖49中亦同樣。 FIG. 43 is a diagram illustrating a defect that occurs when the illuminated surface 82c is not perpendicular to the optical axis AXi in the illumination optical system 182A shown in FIG. 40. However, in FIG. 43, the structure from the optical integrator 182 b to the illuminated surface 82 c is shown for the sake of clarity of the drawing, and the illustration of the collimator optical system 182 a is omitted. The point that the illustration of the collimator optical system 182a is omitted is the same in the related FIGS. 44 and 46 to 49.

圖43中,從形成於位於光學積分器182b之出射側之照明光瞳上的複數個光源像,以第1角度及第2角度射出之光線組群301,302分別所聚光之位置P1及P2,以及從複數個光源像,與光軸AXi平行射出之(以第3角度射出之)光線組群303所聚光之位置P3係沿著光軸AXi方向而一致。換言之,包含位置P1~P3之平面與光軸AXi垂直。其結果為,當於相對於照明光學系統182A之光軸AXi而法線方向傾斜之被照射面82c上存在聚光位置P3時,聚光位置P1較被照射面82c而言位於後側(或者前側),聚光位置P2較被照射面82c而言位於前側(或者後側)。 In FIG. 43, the positions P1 and P2 where the light groups 301 and 302 emitted from the plurality of light source images formed on the illumination pupil on the exit side of the optical integrator 182b are focused at the first and second angles, respectively, And the position P3 condensed by the light group 303 that is emitted parallel to the optical axis AXi (emitted at the third angle) from the plurality of light source images is aligned along the optical axis AXi direction. In other words, the plane including the positions P1 to P3 is perpendicular to the optical axis AXi. As a result, when there is a light-condensing position P3 on the illuminated surface 82c inclined with respect to the optical axis AXi of the illumination optical system 182A, the light-condensing position P1 is located on the rear side of the illuminated surface 82c (or Front side), the light-condensing position P2 is located on the front side (or the rear side) of the illuminated surface 82c.

於該情形時,與形成於被照射面82c之聚光位置P3上之狹縫狀之照野82ca之寬度(於被照射面82c上與x1軸正交之y2軸方向之尺寸:y2軸未圖示)相比,擔憂形成有於與被照射面82c之聚光位置P1及P2對應之位置上之狹縫狀之照野82ca之寬度變大之問題。此意指:較形成於聚光位置P3上之狹縫狀之照野82ca之照度而言,形成於與聚光位置P1及P2對應之位置上之狹縫狀之照野82ca之照度減小,而且意指,就形狀及照度之觀點而言,存在無法對被照射 面82c進行均勻照明之顧慮。進一步存在如下顧慮:較與到達聚光位置P3之光束相關聯之光瞳強度分佈而言,與到達聚光位置P1及P2之光束相關聯之光瞳強度分佈成為模糊之光瞳強度分佈。 In this case, the width of the slit-shaped field of field 82ca formed at the light-concentrating position P3 of the illuminated surface 82c (the dimension of the y2-axis direction orthogonal to the x1 axis on the illuminated surface 82c: the y2-axis is not As shown in the figure, there is a concern that the width of the slit-shaped light field 82ca at the positions corresponding to the light-condensing positions P1 and P2 of the illuminated surface 82c is increased. This means that the illuminance of the slit-shaped light field 82ca formed at the positions corresponding to the light-concentration positions P1 and P2 is reduced compared to the illuminance of the slit-shaped light field 82ca formed at the light-concentrating position P3. Moreover, it means that there is a concern that the illuminated surface 82c cannot be uniformly illuminated from the viewpoint of shape and illuminance. There is a further concern that, compared to the pupil intensity distribution associated with the light beam reaching the light-condensing position P3, the pupil intensity distribution associated with the light beams reaching the light-condensing positions P1 and P2 becomes a fuzzy pupil intensity distribution.

如此一來,為了對相對於光軸AXi而傾斜之被照射面82c進行均勻照明,而要求:使射入至被照射面82c上之光之聚光點之位置接近被照射面82c;使射入至被照射面82c上之光之聚光點之位置與被照射面82c對準。換言之,要求使由射入至被照射面82c之光之聚光點所規定之平面與被照射面82c一致。圖44係表示於圖43所示之照明光學系統182A中,藉由在傅立葉轉換光學系統182c與被照射面82c之間之光路中附設楔形稜鏡182e而使聚光點之位置接近被照射面82c之狀態的圖。 In this way, in order to uniformly illuminate the illuminated surface 82c inclined with respect to the optical axis AXi, it is required to: make the position of the condensing point of the light incident on the illuminated surface 82c close to the illuminated surface 82c; The position of the light condensing point of the light incident on the illuminated surface 82c is aligned with the illuminated surface 82c. In other words, it is required to make the plane defined by the light-condensing point of the light incident on the illuminated surface 82c coincide with the illuminated surface 82c. FIG. 44 shows that in the illumination optical system 182A shown in FIG. 43, a wedge-shaped ridge 182e is attached to the optical path between the Fourier conversion optical system 182c and the illuminated surface 82c, so that the position of the light collecting point is close to the illuminated surface. Diagram of the state of 82c.

以下,參照圖45(a)及圖45(b),對楔形稜鏡182c之光學作用進行說明。圖45(a)及(b)中,為了使說明容易理解,而使用具有與光軸AXi正交之入射側之面且折射率為n、楔角(頂角)為α之直角三角形狀之楔形稜鏡182f。於該情形時,如圖45(a)所示,被照射面82c僅與楔形稜鏡182f之楔角α相應地相對於照明光學系統之光軸AXi之延長軸AXx而傾斜。藉由楔形稜鏡182f之作用而彎折之光軸AXi相對於楔形稜鏡182f之出射側之面之法線的角度(射出角)α'係由α'=arc sin(n×sinα)來表示,相對於楔形稜鏡182f之後側之光軸AXi,被照射面82c之法線之傾斜角亦成為α'。 45 (a) and 45 (b), the optical action of the wedge-shaped ridge 182c will be described below. In FIGS. 45 (a) and (b), in order to make the description easy to understand, a right-angled triangular shape having a surface with an incident side orthogonal to the optical axis AXi, a refractive index n, and a wedge angle (apex angle) α is used. Wedge-shaped 稜鏡 182f. In this case, as shown in FIG. 45 (a), the irradiated surface 82c is inclined only with respect to the wedge angle α of the wedge 稜鏡 182f with respect to the extension axis AXx of the optical axis AXi of the illumination optical system. The angle (emission angle) α 'of the optical axis AXi which is bent by the action of the wedge-shaped 稜鏡 182f with respect to the surface of the exit side of the wedge-shaped 稜鏡 182f is α ′ = arc sin (n × sinα). It is shown that, with respect to the optical axis AXi on the rear side of the wedge 轴 182f, the inclination angle of the normal to the illuminated surface 82c also becomes α '.

如此一來,圖44之照明光學系統182A中,藉由於傅立葉轉換光學系統182c與被照射面82c之間之光路中,附設具有與被照射面82c相對於光軸AXi之傾斜相應之楔角的楔形稜鏡182e,可將光軸AXi僅彎折所需之角度,使各光束之聚光點之位置接近被照射面82c。此處,所謂具有與被照射面82c相對於光軸AXi之傾斜相應之楔角,亦可具有與被照射面82c相對於光軸AXi之傾斜相應之折射率及楔角。換言之,照明光學系統182A可利用傅立葉轉換光學系統 182c與被照射面82c之間之光路中之楔形稜鏡182e,使由各光束之聚光點所規定之平面接近被照射面82c。於該情形時,楔形稜鏡182e構成聚光點調整構件,其使經過光學積分器182b及傅立葉轉換光學系統182c而射入至被照射面82c上之光之聚光點之位置接近被照射面(進一步,圖案產生器84之受光面84d)82c。又,傅立葉轉換光學系統182c與楔形稜鏡182e構成聚光光學系統182j,其將由形成於位於光學積分器182b之出射側之照明光瞳上之複數個光源像而來之光束聚光於被照射面82c上。 In this way, in the illumination optical system 182A of FIG. 44, the optical path between the Fourier transform optical system 182c and the illuminated surface 82c is provided with a wedge angle corresponding to the tilt of the illuminated surface 82c with respect to the optical axis AXi. The wedge-shaped ridge 182e can bend the optical axis AXi by only the required angle, so that the position of the light-converging point of each light beam approaches the illuminated surface 82c. Here, the wedge angle corresponding to the inclination of the illuminated surface 82c with respect to the optical axis AXi may have a refractive index and wedge angle corresponding to the inclination of the illuminated surface 82c with respect to the optical axis AXi. In other words, the illumination optical system 182A can use the wedge-shaped ridge 182e in the optical path between the Fourier transform optical system 182c and the illuminated surface 82c to bring the plane defined by the converging point of each light beam closer to the illuminated surface 82c. In this case, the wedge-shaped ridge 182e constitutes a light-condensing point adjustment member that brings the position of the light-condensing point of the light incident on the illuminated surface 82c through the optical integrator 182b and the Fourier conversion optical system 182c closer to the illuminated surface. (Further, the light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84) 82c. In addition, the Fourier conversion optical system 182c and the wedge 稜鏡 e 182e constitute a condensing optical system 182j, which condenses a light beam from a plurality of light source images formed on an illumination pupil located on the exit side of the optical integrator 182b to be illuminated. Surface 82c.

如此一來,作為聚光點調整構件之楔形稜鏡182e具有與相對於照明光學系統182A之光軸AXi而言之被照射面82c之傾斜相應之楔角。而且,楔形稜鏡182e具有如下功能:為使各光束之聚光點之位置接近被照射面82c,而使從位於光學積分器182b之出射側之照明光瞳中沿著第1方向射出之第1光束的從照明光瞳至被照射面82c為止之光路長度、與從照明光瞳中沿著與第1方向不同之第2方向射出之第2光束的從照明光瞳至被照射面82c為止之光路長度一致。此外,楔形稜鏡182e中,當然不需要使第1光束之從照明光瞳至被照射面82c為止之光路長度、與第2光束之從照明光瞳至被照射面82c為止之光路長度完全一致,只要使該等第1光束之從照明光瞳至被照射面82c為止之光路長度、與第2光束之從照明光瞳至被照射面82c為止之光路長度之差減小即可。 In this way, the wedge-shaped ridge 182e as the focusing point adjustment member has a wedge angle corresponding to the inclination of the illuminated surface 82c with respect to the optical axis AXi of the illumination optical system 182A. In addition, the wedge-shaped ridge 182e has a function of making the position of the condensing point of each light beam close to the irradiated surface 82c, and making the first exit from the illumination pupil located on the exit side of the optical integrator 182b in the first direction. The length of the optical path from the illumination pupil to the illuminated surface 82c of one beam and from the illumination pupil to the illuminated surface 82c of the second beam emitted from the illumination pupil in a second direction different from the first direction The optical path length is the same. In addition, of course, in the wedge 稜鏡 182e, it is not necessary to make the optical path length from the illumination pupil to the illuminated surface 82c of the first beam exactly the same as the optical path length from the illumination pupil to the illuminated surface 82c of the second beam. The difference between the optical path length of the first light beam from the illumination pupil to the illuminated surface 82c and the optical path length of the second light beam from the illumination pupil to the illuminated surface 82c may be reduced.

此外,如圖46所示,可代替或者除了具有與被照射面82c之傾斜相應之楔角之楔形稜鏡182e,而使用沿著照明光學系統182A之光軸AXi之厚度於圖46之紙面(y1z1平面)之鉛直方向(y1方向)上階段性地變化之段差板182g來作為聚光點調整構件。於該情形時,傅立葉轉換光學系統182c與段差板182g構成聚光光學系統182j,其將由形成於位於光學積分器182b之出射側之照明光瞳上之複數個光源像而來的光束聚光於被照射面82c上。視需要,亦可將楔形稜鏡182e與段差板182g加以組合而構成聚光點調整構件。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 46, instead of or in addition to the wedge-shaped ridge 182e having a wedge angle corresponding to the inclination of the illuminated surface 82c, a thickness along the optical axis AXi of the illumination optical system 182A may be used on the paper surface of FIG. A step plate 182g that changes stepwise in the vertical direction (y1 direction) of the y1z1 plane) is used as a focusing point adjusting member. In this case, the Fourier conversion optical system 182c and the step plate 182g constitute a condensing optical system 182j, which condenses the light beams from a plurality of light source images formed on the illumination pupil located on the exit side of the optical integrator 182b to On the illuminated surface 82c. If necessary, a wedge-shaped ridge 182e and a step plate 182g may be combined to form a focusing point adjusting member.

或者,如圖47所示,代替或者除了附設楔形稜鏡182e或者段差板182g,亦可為了使射入至被照射面82c上之光之聚光點接近被照射面82c,而將傅立葉轉換光學系統182c偏心配置於圖47之紙面(y1z1平面)之鉛直方向(y1方向)上。或者,雖省略圖示,但亦可為了使來自複數個光源像之光之聚光點之位置接近被照射面82c,而將光學積分器182b之各波前分割要素182ba之入射側之面形成為其中心法線於圖43之紙面中相對於照明光學系統182A之光軸AXi而傾斜。 Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 47, instead of or in addition to the wedge-shaped 稜鏡 e 182e or the step plate 182g, a Fourier-transformed optical device may be used in order to bring the condensing point of the light incident on the illuminated surface 82c closer to the illuminated surface 82c. The system 182c is eccentrically arranged in the vertical direction (y1 direction) of the paper surface (y1z1 plane) in FIG. 47. Alternatively, although illustration is omitted, in order to make the position of the light-condensing point of light from a plurality of light source images close to the irradiated surface 82c, the surface of the incident side of each wavefront division element 182ba of the optical integrator 182b may be formed Its center normal is inclined with respect to the optical axis AXi of the illumination optical system 182A on the paper surface of FIG. 43.

但,若如圖45(b)所示般進行光線追蹤,則可知由於楔形稜鏡182e而產生彗形像差及像散。若由於楔形稜鏡182e而產生彗形像差或像散,則無法獲得與各狹縫狀之照野82ca有關之所需照度、所需形狀等,而且存在均勻照明變得困難之顧慮。因此,於使用楔形稜鏡182e(或者段差板182g)作為聚光點調整構件之情形時,亦可對由於楔形稜鏡182e等而產生之彗形像差或像散加以修正。以下,參照圖48及圖49,對將由於楔形稜鏡182e(或者段差板182g)而產生之像差加以修正之像差修正構件進行說明。 However, if ray tracing is performed as shown in FIG. 45 (b), it can be seen that coma aberration and astigmatism occur due to the wedge 182e. If coma aberration or astigmatism occurs due to the wedge-shaped ridge 182e, the required illuminance, required shape, and the like related to each slit-shaped field of field 82ca cannot be obtained, and there is a concern that uniform illumination becomes difficult. Therefore, in the case of using the wedge-shaped ridge 182e (or the step plate 182g) as the focusing point adjustment member, it is possible to correct the coma aberration or astigmatism caused by the wedge-shaped 182e or the like. Hereinafter, an aberration correction member that corrects aberrations caused by the wedge 182e (or the step plate 182g) will be described with reference to FIGS. 48 and 49.

圖48所示之構成中,於傅立葉轉換光學系統182c之前側,更詳細而言,於光學積分器182b與傅立葉轉換光學系統182c之間之光路中,包含位於光學積分器182b之出射側之照明光瞳的照明光瞳空間中,附設有產生像散之第1像差產生構件182ha、及產生彗形像差之第2像差產生構件182hb。此處,所謂照明光瞳空間,可指於光學系統之光路中形成照明光瞳之空間,亦可設為與照明光瞳之光入射側鄰接之光學構件以及與照明光瞳之光出射側鄰接之光學構件之間之空間。第1像差產生構件182ha為了對由於楔形稜鏡182e而產生之像散加以修正,而使用例如由Z5所表示之澤尼克函數所規定之非球面形狀之光學面來產生像散。又,第2像差產生構件182hb為了對由於楔形稜鏡182e而產生之彗形像差加以修正,而使用例如由Z7所表示之澤尼克函數所規定之非球面形狀之 光學面來產生彗形像差。 In the configuration shown in FIG. 48, the light path between the optical integrator 182b and the Fourier conversion optical system 182c includes illumination on the exit side of the optical integrator 182b in front of the Fourier conversion optical system 182c, and more specifically, A pupil illumination space includes a first aberration generating member 182ha that generates astigmatism, and a second aberration generating member 182hb that generates coma aberration. Here, the illumination pupil space may refer to a space where an illumination pupil is formed in the optical path of the optical system, and it may also be an optical member adjacent to the light entrance side of the illumination pupil and adjacent to the light exit side of the illumination pupil. The space between the optical components. The first aberration generating member 182ha generates astigmatism using an optical surface having an aspherical shape defined by the Zernike function represented by Z5 in order to correct the astigmatism generated by the wedge 182e. In addition, the second aberration generating member 182hb generates a coma using an aspherical optical surface defined by the Zernike function represented by Z7 to correct the coma aberration generated by the wedge 182e. Aberration.

具體而言,所謂由Z5所表示之澤尼克函數,係指使用極座標系之澤尼克(Zernike)多項式中之第5項所涉及之函數;所謂由Z7所表示之澤尼克函數,係指澤尼克多項式中之第7項所涉及之函數。關於澤尼克函數或澤尼克多項式之詳情,例如可參照美國專利第7,405,803號公報等。圖48中,第1像差產生構件182ha、第2像差產生構件182hb、傅立葉轉換光學系統182c、及楔形稜鏡182e構成聚光光學系統182j,其將由形成於位於光學積分器182b之出射側之照明光瞳上之複數個光源像而來的光束,聚光於作為被照射面之圖案產生器84之受光面84d上。 Specifically, the so-called Zernike function represented by Z5 refers to the function related to the fifth term in the Zernike polynomial using the polar coordinate system; the so-called Zernike function represented by Z7 refers to the Zernike function. Function related to item 7 in the polynomial. For details of the Zernike function or the Zernike polynomial, refer to, for example, US Patent No. 7,405,803. In FIG. 48, the first aberration generating member 182ha, the second aberration generating member 182hb, the Fourier conversion optical system 182c, and the wedge 182e constitute a condensing optical system 182j, which is formed on the exit side of the optical integrator 182b. The light beams from the plurality of light source images on the illumination pupil are condensed on the light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 as the illuminated surface.

圖48所示之構成中,使用包含產生像散之第1像差產生構件182ha、及產生彗形像差之第2像差產生構件182hb的第1像差修正構件182h,對由於楔形稜鏡182e而產生之彗形像差以及像散之兩者加以修正。其結果為,聚光於作為被照射面之圖案產生器84之受光面84d上之光形成點像光點,進一步可使各狹縫狀之照野82ca之寬度狹窄至所需之尺寸且均勻。此外,圖48所示之構成中,將第1像差產生構件182ha及第2像差產生構件182hb設置於照明光瞳空間中,但第1像差產生構件182ha及第2像差產生構件182hb亦可設置於不同空間,例如設置於構成傅立葉轉換光學系統182c之複數個光學構件之間或傅立葉轉換光學系統182c與被照射面82c之間。又,可將構成傅立葉轉換光學系統182c之複數個光學構件中之至少1個光學面設為產生像散之面形狀,將具有該光學面之光學構件作為第1像差產生構件182ha,亦可將構成傅立葉轉換光學系統182c之複數個光學構件中之至少1個光學面設為產生彗形像差之面形狀,將具有該光學面之光學構件作為第2像差產生構件182hb。 In the configuration shown in FIG. 48, a first aberration correcting member 182h including a first aberration generating member 182ha that generates astigmatism and a second aberration generating member 182hb that generates coma aberration is used. Both coma aberration and astigmatism caused by 182e are corrected. As a result, the light condensed on the light-receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 which is the surface to be irradiated forms a point-like light spot, and the width of each slit-shaped light field 82ca can be narrowed to the required size and uniform. . In the configuration shown in FIG. 48, the first aberration generating member 182ha and the second aberration generating member 182hb are provided in the illumination pupil space, but the first aberration generating member 182ha and the second aberration generating member 182hb It may also be installed in different spaces, for example, between a plurality of optical members constituting the Fourier conversion optical system 182c or between the Fourier conversion optical system 182c and the illuminated surface 82c. In addition, at least one optical surface of the plurality of optical components constituting the Fourier conversion optical system 182c may be a surface shape that generates astigmatism, and an optical component having the optical surface may be used as the first aberration generating component 182ha. At least one optical surface of the plurality of optical components constituting the Fourier conversion optical system 182c is set to a surface shape that generates a coma aberration, and an optical component having the optical surface is used as a second aberration generating component 182hb.

圖49所示之構成中,代替圖48之第1像差修正構件182h,而使用偏心配置於圖49之紙面(y1z1平面)之鉛直方向(y1方向)上之(或者可偏心 之)無焦光學系統182k,來作為產生彗形像差之第3像差產生構件。即,無焦光學系統182k作為第2像差修正構件,配置於光學積分器182b與傅立葉轉換光學系統182c之間之光路中,更詳細而言,配置於包含位於光學積分器182b之出射側之照明光瞳的照明光瞳空間中。圖49中,第2像差修正構件182k、傅立葉轉換光學系統182c、及楔形稜鏡182e構成聚光光學系統182j,其將由形成於位於光學積分器182b之出射側之照明光瞳上之複數個光源像而來的光束聚光於作為被照射面之圖案產生器84之受光面84d上。 In the configuration shown in FIG. 49, instead of the first aberration correcting member 182h of FIG. 48, an unfocused (or eccentric) afocal arrangement in the vertical direction (y1 direction) of the paper surface (y1z1 plane) of FIG. 49 is used. The optical system 182k serves as a third aberration generating means for generating a coma aberration. That is, the afocal optical system 182k is provided as a second aberration correcting member in the optical path between the optical integrator 182b and the Fourier conversion optical system 182c. More specifically, the afocal optical system 182k is included in the optical integrator 182b. Illumination pupil in the illumination pupil space. In FIG. 49, a second aberration correcting member 182k, a Fourier conversion optical system 182c, and a wedge 稜鏡 e 182e constitute a condensing optical system 182j, which is composed of a plurality of illumination pupils formed on the exit side of the optical integrator 182b. The light beam from the light source image is condensed on a light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 as an illuminated surface.

圖49所示之構成中,使用由產生彗形像差之偏心無焦光學系統182k所組成的第2像差修正構件,僅對由於楔形稜鏡182e而產生之彗形像差加以修正,但聚光於作為被照射面之圖案產生器84之受光面84d上之光形成在與圖49之紙面正交之方向(x1方向)上細長之線狀像光點,進一步可使各狹縫狀之照野82ca之寬度狹窄至所需之尺寸且均勻。此外,代替或者除了偏心無焦光學系統182k,亦可使構成傅立葉轉換光學系統182c之複數個光學構件中之至少1個光學構件從光軸AXi偏心,或者相對於光軸AXi而傾斜,產生所需之彗形像差。此外,可將圖49所示之偏心無焦光學系統182k、與圖48之第2像差修正構件182hb組合使用,亦可將圖49所示之偏心無焦光學系統182k、與圖48之第1像差修正構件182ha組合使用。 In the configuration shown in FIG. 49, only a coma aberration caused by the wedge 182e is corrected using a second aberration correction member composed of an eccentric afocal optical system 182k that generates a coma aberration. The light condensed on the light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 which is the illuminated surface is formed into an elongated linear image light spot in a direction (x1 direction) orthogonal to the paper surface of FIG. 49, which can further make each slit shape The width of Zhaoye 82ca is narrow to the required size and uniform. In addition, instead of or in addition to the eccentric afocal optical system 182k, at least one of the plurality of optical components constituting the Fourier conversion optical system 182c may be decentered from the optical axis AXi or inclined with respect to the optical axis AXi to produce Desired coma aberration. In addition, the eccentric afocal optical system 182k shown in FIG. 49 can be used in combination with the second aberration correction member 182hb shown in FIG. 48, and the eccentric afocal optical system 182k shown in FIG. 49 and the first 1 aberration correction member 182ha is used in combination.

此外,圖43、圖44、圖46~圖49中,基於使用波前分割型之光學積分器182b的照明光學系統182A,對聚光點調整構件以及像差修正構件之作用進行說明,但對於使用繞射光學元件182d之照明光學系統182B亦同樣,可應用上述聚光點調整構件或像差修正構件。於該情形時,只要將圖43、圖44、圖46~圖49中之波前分割型之光學積分器182b置換為繞射光學元件182d來理解即可。 In addition, in FIG. 43, FIG. 44, and FIG. 46 to FIG. 49, based on the illumination optical system 182A using the wavefront division type optical integrator 182b, the functions of the focusing point adjusting means and the aberration correcting means will be described. The same applies to the illumination optical system 182B using the diffractive optical element 182d, and the above-mentioned condensing point adjustment member or aberration correction member can be applied. In this case, it is sufficient to understand that the wavefront division type optical integrator 182b in FIG. 43, FIG. 44, and FIG. 46 to FIG. 49 is replaced with a diffractive optical element 182d.

如以上所述,照明光學系統182A,182B包含聚光光學系統182j, 其將從位於光學積分器182b之出射側之照明光瞳中沿著第1方向射出之第1光束(例如圖43中之光線組群301)、與從照明光瞳中沿著與第1方向不同之第2方向射出之第2光束(例如圖43中之光線組群302或303)進行聚光,對以相對於光軸AXi而法線傾斜之方式來配置的圖案產生器84之受光面84d進行斜入射照明。聚光光學系統182j具有聚光點調整構件182e(182g等),其使第1光束之光軸AXi方向之聚光位置、與第2光束之光軸AXi方向之聚光位置不同。換言之,聚光光學系統182j具有聚光點調整構件182e,其使包含第1光束之光軸AXi方向之聚光位置、及第2光束之光軸AXi方向之聚光位置的平面接近被照射面。 As described above, the illumination optical systems 182A, 182B include a condensing optical system 182j, which emits a first light beam (e.g. Light group 301) and a second light beam (for example, light group 302 or 303 in FIG. 43) emitted from the illumination pupil in a second direction different from the first direction, and the relative light The light-receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 which is arranged with the axis AXi and the normal line tilted performs oblique incident illumination. The condensing optical system 182j includes a condensing point adjustment member 182e (182g, etc.) that makes the light condensing position in the direction of the optical axis AXi of the first light beam different from the light condensing position in the direction of the optical axis AXi of the second light beam. In other words, the condensing optical system 182j includes a condensing point adjustment member 182e that brings a plane including the light condensing position in the direction of the optical axis AXi of the first light beam and the light condensing position in the direction of the optical axis AXi of the second light beam closer to the illuminated surface. .

來自聚光光學系統182j之第1光束及第2光束聚光於受光面84d上之第1點以及與第1點不同之第2點。作為聚光點調整構件,可使用具有與受光面84d相對於光軸AXi之傾斜相應之楔角的楔形稜鏡182e。楔形稜鏡182e具有減小從位於光學積分器182b之出射側之照明光瞳至受光面84d為止之第1光束之光路長度、與從照明光瞳至受光面84d為止之第2光束之光路長度之差的功能。 The first light beam and the second light beam from the condensing optical system 182j are condensed at a first point on the light receiving surface 84d and a second point different from the first point. As the condensing point adjustment member, a wedge-shaped ridge 182e having a wedge angle corresponding to the inclination of the light-receiving surface 84d with respect to the optical axis AXi can be used. The wedge 稜鏡 182e has a reduced optical path length of the first light beam from the illumination pupil on the exit side of the optical integrator 182b to the light receiving surface 84d, and a light path length of the second light beam from the illumination pupil to the light receiving surface 84d. Poor functionality.

可代替作為聚光點調整構件之楔形稜鏡182e,或者除了楔形稜鏡182e以外,而使用沿著光軸AXi之厚度於將光軸AXi橫切之方向(例如圖46中為y1方向)上不同之段差板182g。聚光光學系統182j具有像差修正構件182h(或者182k),其將由於如楔形稜鏡182e或段差板182g之類之聚光點調整構件而產生之像差加以修正。像差修正構件182h(182ha,182hb)具有產生彗形像差及像散中之至少一者的非球面形狀之光學面。像差修正構件182k具有於將光軸AXi橫切之方向上偏心之無焦光學系統。 Instead of or in addition to the wedge-shaped 稜鏡 182e serving as a focusing point adjustment member, the thickness along the optical axis AXi may be used in a direction transverse to the optical axis AXi (for example, the y1 direction in FIG. 46). The difference is 182g. The condensing optical system 182j has an aberration correction member 182h (or 182k), which corrects aberrations caused by a condensing point adjustment member such as a wedge 182e or a step plate 182g. The aberration correcting member 182h (182ha, 182hb) has an aspherical optical surface that generates at least one of coma aberration and astigmatism. The aberration correction member 182k has an afocal optical system that is decentered in a direction transverse to the optical axis AXi.

或者,聚光光學系統182j具有至少1個光學構件182c,其為了使第1光束之光軸AXi方向之聚光位置、與第2光束之光軸AXi方向之聚光位置不同,而相對於光軸AXi而偏心配置,具體而言具有於將光軸AXi橫切之方向(例如圖47中為y1方向)上偏心配置之傅立葉轉換光學系統182c。或者,於聚 光光學系統182j中,亦可藉由使光學積分器182b之各波前分割要素182ba之入射側之面之中心法線於既定面(圖47中為y1z1平面)中相對於光軸AXi而傾斜,而使第1光束之光軸AXi方向之聚光位置、與第2光束之光軸AXi方向之聚光位置不同。 Alternatively, the condensing optical system 182j includes at least one optical member 182c, which is different from the light condensing position in the direction of the optical axis AXi of the first light beam and the light converging position in the direction of the optical axis AXi of the second light beam. The axis AXi is eccentrically arranged, and specifically has a Fourier conversion optical system 182c that is eccentrically arranged in a direction transverse to the optical axis AXi (for example, the y1 direction in FIG. 47). Alternatively, in the condensing optical system 182j, the center normal of the surface on the incident side of each wavefront division element 182ba of the optical integrator 182b may be made relative to the light in a predetermined plane (the y1z1 plane in FIG. 47). The axis AXi is inclined so that the light-condensing position in the direction of the optical axis AXi of the first light beam is different from the light-condensing position in the direction of the optical axis AXi of the second light beam.

換言之,照明光學系統182A,182B包含將到達圖案產生器84之受光面84d上之第1位置的第1光束、及到達受光面84d上之第2位置的第2光束進行聚光之聚光光學系統182j,對以相對於光軸AXi而法線傾斜之方式來配置之受光面84d進行斜入射照明。而且,聚光光學系統182j具有於受光面84d之法線相對於光軸AXi而傾斜之方向上具有頂角(楔角)之楔形稜鏡182e,來作為使第1光束之光軸AXi方向之聚光位置、與第2光束之光軸AXi方向之聚光位置不同之聚光點調整構件。 In other words, the illumination optical systems 182A and 182B include condensing optics for condensing a first light beam reaching a first position on the light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 and a second light beam reaching a second position on the light receiving surface 84d. The system 182j illuminates the light-receiving surface 84d arranged obliquely with respect to the optical axis AXi so that the normal line is inclined. Further, the condensing optical system 182j has a wedge e182e having an apex angle (wedge angle) in a direction in which the normal of the light-receiving surface 84d is inclined with respect to the optical axis AXi as the direction of the optical axis AXi of the first light beam. A light-condensing point adjusting member that is different from the light-condensing position in the direction of the optical axis AXi of the second light beam.

又,換言之,照明光學系統182A,182B包含聚光光學系統182j,其將從位於光學積分器182b之出射側之照明光瞳中沿著第1方向射出之第1光束、及從照明光瞳中沿著與第1方向不同之第2方向射出之第2光束進行聚光;且聚光光學系統182j具有聚光點調整構件182e(182g等),其配置於包含圖案產生器84之受光面84d的空間中,使第1光束之光軸AXi方向之聚光位置與第2光束之光軸方向AXi之聚光位置不同。 In other words, the illumination optical systems 182A and 182B include a condensing optical system 182j, which emits a first light beam emitted from an illumination pupil located on the exit side of the optical integrator 182b in the first direction, and from the illumination pupil. Condensing a second light beam emitted in a second direction different from the first direction; and the condensing optical system 182j includes a condensing point adjustment member 182e (182g, etc.), which is disposed on the light receiving surface 84d including the pattern generator 84 In the space, the condensing position in the direction of the optical axis AXi of the first light beam is different from the condensing position in the direction of the optical axis AXi of the second light beam.

上述照明光學系統182A,182B中,由於聚光光學系統182j具備使第1光束之光軸AXi方向之聚光位置、與第2光束之光軸方向AXi之聚光位置不同之聚光點調整構件182e(182g等),故而可藉由該聚光點調整構件182e(182g等)之作用,而使各光束之聚光位置接近圖案產生器84之受光面84d,進一步可對以相對於光軸AXi而傾斜之方式來配置之受光面84d進行均勻照明,而且可進行良好之電子束處理、例如電子束曝光。 In the above-mentioned illumination optical systems 182A and 182B, the condensing optical system 182j includes a condensing point adjustment member that separates the condensing position in the direction of the optical axis AXi of the first light beam and the condensing position in the direction of the optical axis AXi of the second light beam. 182e (182g, etc.), so that the light-condensing point adjustment member 182e (182g, etc.) can be used to make the light-condensing position of each light beam close to the light-receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84, which can be further aligned with respect to the optical axis. The light-receiving surface 84d, which is arranged in an inclined manner with AXi, is uniformly illuminated, and good electron beam processing such as electron beam exposure can be performed.

又,上述照明光學系統182A,182B中,於使用楔形稜鏡182e或 段差板182g來作為聚光點調整構件之情形時,藉由將對由於楔形稜鏡182e或段差板182g而產生之像差加以修正之像差修正構件182h(或182k)附設於聚光光學系統182j上,可對以相對於光軸AXi而傾斜之方式來配置之受光面84d進行更均勻之照明,而且可進行更良好之電子束處理,例如電子束曝光。 In the above-mentioned illumination optical systems 182A and 182B, when a wedge-shaped 稜鏡 e 182e or a step plate 182g is used as the focusing point adjustment member, the aberration generated by the wedge-shaped 稜鏡 e 182e or the step plate 182g is used. The corrected aberration correction member 182h (or 182k) is attached to the condensing optical system 182j, and can illuminate the light receiving surface 84d arranged at an angle with respect to the optical axis AXi more uniformly, and can perform better. Electron beam processing, such as electron beam exposure.

如上所述,光源部82a、照明光學系統182A(或182B)、圖案產生器84、及投影光學系統86A(或86B,86C,86D)構成用以對光電元件54照射光之光照射裝置80。即,照明光學系統182A(或182B)、與投影光學系統86A(或86B,86C,86D)係夾持圖案產生器84而光學性連接。 As described above, the light source unit 82a, the illumination optical system 182A (or 182B), the pattern generator 84, and the projection optical system 86A (or 86B, 86C, 86D) constitute a light irradiation device 80 for irradiating light to the photoelectric element 54. That is, the illumination optical system 182A (or 182B) and the projection optical system 86A (or 86B, 86C, 86D) are optically connected with the pattern generator 84 interposed therebetween.

圖50係概略性表示依據所謂之V字彎折類型,將第1~第3類型之投影光學系統86A(86B,86C)與照明光學系統182A(182B)連接之狀態的圖。圖50之構成例中,由省略圖示之照明光學系統182A(182B)而來之光由光路彎折用之鏡98所反射後,對圖案產生器84之受光面84d進行斜入射照明。由受光面84d所反射之光由第2光路彎折用之鏡99所反射後,經由投影光學系統86A(86B,86C)而照射至光電元件54之光電轉換面54a上。 FIG. 50 is a diagram schematically showing a state where the projection optical systems 86A (86B, 86C) of the first to third types are connected to the illumination optical system 182A (182B) according to the so-called V-bend type. In the configuration example shown in FIG. 50, light from the illumination optical system 182A (182B) (not shown) is reflected by the mirror 98 for bending the optical path, and then the light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 is obliquely incident and illuminated. The light reflected by the light receiving surface 84d is reflected by the mirror 99 for bending the second optical path, and is then irradiated onto the photoelectric conversion surface 54a of the photoelectric element 54 through the projection optical system 86A (86B, 86C).

該構成例中,由鏡98反射而射入至受光面84d上之光之光路、與由受光面84d反射而射入至鏡99上之光之光路形成V字。鏡99係配置於圖案產生器84與投影光學系統86A(86B,86C)之間的偏向構件。而且,鏡98具有配置於照明光學系統182A(182B)與圖案產生器84之間的第1反射面,鏡99具有配置於圖案產生器84與投影光學系統86A(86B,86C)之間的第2反射面。此處,使來自照明光學系統182A(182B)之照明光彎折而射入至圖案產生器84之第1反射面將照明光學系統之光路不垂直地偏向,因此圖案產生器84之受光面(被照射面)係相對於受光面(被照射面)之法線而從傾斜方向被照明。而且,將來自圖案產生器84之複數個射束引導至投影光學系統86A(86B,86C)上之第2反射面亦將投影光學系統之光路不垂直地偏向,故而來自圖案產生器84之受光面 (投影光學系統之物體面)之複數個射束亦相對於受光面(物體面)之法線而向傾斜方向射出。 In this configuration example, the optical path of the light reflected by the mirror 98 and incident on the light receiving surface 84d and the optical path of the light reflected by the light receiving surface 84d and incident on the mirror 99 are V-shaped. The mirror 99 is a biasing member disposed between the pattern generator 84 and the projection optical system 86A (86B, 86C). Further, the mirror 98 has a first reflecting surface arranged between the illumination optical system 182A (182B) and the pattern generator 84, and the mirror 99 has a first reflecting surface arranged between the pattern generator 84 and the projection optical system 86A (86B, 86C). 2 reflecting surface. Here, the illuminating light from the illuminating optical system 182A (182B) is bent and incident on the first reflecting surface of the pattern generator 84. The light path of the illuminating optical system is not vertically deflected. Therefore, the light receiving surface of the pattern generator 84 ( The illuminated surface is illuminated from the oblique direction with respect to the normal of the light-receiving surface (irradiated surface). In addition, the plurality of beams from the pattern generator 84 are guided to the second reflecting surface on the projection optical system 86A (86B, 86C), and the light path of the projection optical system is not vertically deflected, so the light received from the pattern generator 84 A plurality of beams on the surface (object surface of the projection optical system) are also emitted in an oblique direction with respect to the normal of the light receiving surface (object surface).

同樣,圖51概略性表示依據V字彎折類型,將第4類型之投影光學系統86D與照明光學系統182A(182B)連接之狀態。 Similarly, FIG. 51 schematically shows a state where the projection optical system 86D of the fourth type is connected to the illumination optical system 182A (182B) in accordance with the V-bend type.

圖52係概略性表示依據所謂之N字彎折類型,將第1~第3類型之投影光學系統86A(86B,86C)與照明光學系統182A(182B)連接之狀態的圖。圖52之構成例中,由省略圖示之照明光學系統182A(182B)而來之光由光路彎折用之鏡98所反射後,對圖案產生器84之受光面84d進行斜入射照明。由受光面84d所反射之光射入至投影光學系統86A(86B,86C)中後,照射至光電元件54之光電轉換面54a上。 FIG. 52 is a diagram schematically showing a state where the projection optical systems 86A (86B, 86C) of the first to third types are connected to the illumination optical system 182A (182B) according to the so-called N-bend type. In the configuration example in FIG. 52, light from the illumination optical system 182A (182B) (not shown) is reflected by the mirror 98 for bending the optical path, and then the light receiving surface 84d of the pattern generator 84 is obliquely incident and illuminated. The light reflected by the light receiving surface 84d is incident on the projection optical system 86A (86B, 86C), and is then irradiated onto the photoelectric conversion surface 54a of the photoelectric element 54.

該構成例中,從照明光學系統182A(182B)射入至鏡98上之光之光路、由鏡98反射而射入至受光面84d上之光之光路、以及由受光面84d反射而射入至投影光學系統86A(86B,86C)之光之光路形成N字。鏡98係配置於照明光學系統182A(182B)與圖案產生器84之間的偏向構件。同樣,圖53概略性表示依據N字彎折類型,將第4類型之投影光學系統86D與照明光學系統182A(182B)連接之狀態。 In this configuration example, the light path of the light incident on the mirror 98 from the illumination optical system 182A (182B), the light path of the light reflected by the mirror 98 and incident on the light receiving surface 84d, and reflected by the light receiving surface 84d and incident The light path to the projection optical system 86A (86B, 86C) forms an N-shape. The mirror 98 is a deflection member disposed between the illumination optical system 182A (182B) and the pattern generator 84. Similarly, FIG. 53 schematically shows a state where the projection optical system 86D of the fourth type is connected to the illumination optical system 182A (182B) in accordance with the N-bend type.

此外,本發明可於不違反從申請範圍及說明書整體中所讀取之本發明之要旨或思想的範圍內適當變更,伴隨此種變更之電子束裝置、電子束曝光裝置、電子束檢査裝置、電子束加工裝置以及使用電子束裝置之元件製造方法亦包含於本發明之技術思想中。 In addition, the present invention can be appropriately modified within a range that does not violate the gist or idea of the present invention read from the scope of the application and the entire specification. The electron beam device, electron beam exposure device, electron beam inspection device, The electron beam processing apparatus and a method for manufacturing a device using the electron beam apparatus are also included in the technical idea of the present invention.

Claims (57)

一種電子束裝置,其係對光電元件照射光,且將從上述光電元件中產生之電子束照射至目標上者,其具備:照明光學系統,其對第1面進行照明;圖案產生器,其具有配置於上述第1面上之複數個反射元件,且利用來自上述照明光學系統之光而產生複數個光束;以及投影光學系統,其將來自上述圖案產生器之上述複數個光束投影至上述光電元件之光電轉換面上;並且上述照明光學系統包含將從照明光瞳中沿著第1方向射出之第1光束、與從上述照明光瞳中沿著與上述第1方向不同之第2方向射出之第2光束進行聚光的聚光光學系統,對以相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而法線傾斜之方式來配置之上述第1面進行斜入射照明;且上述聚光光學系統具有聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同。     An electron beam device that irradiates light to a photoelectric element and irradiates an electron beam generated from the above-mentioned photoelectric element to a target, includes an illumination optical system that illuminates a first surface, and a pattern generator that A plurality of reflecting elements arranged on the first surface and generating a plurality of light beams by using light from the illumination optical system; and a projection optical system that projects the plurality of light beams from the pattern generator onto the photoelectricity The photoelectric conversion surface of the element; and the illumination optical system includes a first light beam emitted from the illumination pupil in a first direction and an exit from the illumination pupil in a second direction different from the first direction A condensing optical system for condensing the second light beam, obliquely incident illumination on the first surface arranged so that a normal line is inclined relative to an optical axis of the illumination optical system; and the condensing optical system has The light spot adjusting member is configured to make a light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam different from a light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the second light beam.     如請求項1所述之電子束裝置,其中來自上述聚光光學系統之上述第1光束及上述第2光束聚光於上述第1面上之第1點以及與上述第1點不同之第2點。     The electron beam device according to claim 1, wherein the first light beam and the second light beam from the condensing optical system are focused on a first point on the first surface and a second point different from the first point. point.     如請求項1或2所述之電子束裝置,其中上述聚光點調整構件具有與上述第1面之傾斜相應之楔角之楔形稜鏡。     The electron beam device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the condensing point adjustment member has a wedge-shaped wedge having a wedge angle corresponding to the inclination of the first surface.     如請求項3所述之電子束裝置,其中上述楔形稜鏡使從上述照明光瞳至上述第1面為止之上述第1光束之光路長度、與從上述照明光瞳至上述第1面為止之上述第2光束之光路長度一致。     The electron beam device according to claim 3, wherein the wedge shape causes an optical path length of the first light beam from the illumination pupil to the first surface and a length of the optical path from the illumination pupil to the first surface. The optical paths of the second light beams have the same length.     如請求項1或2所述之電子束裝置,其中上述聚光點調整構件具有段差板,其沿著上述照明光學系統之光軸之厚度 於將上述光軸橫切之方向上不同。     The electron beam device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the focusing point adjustment member has a step plate having a thickness along the optical axis of the illumination optical system that is different in a direction transverse to the optical axis.     如請求項1至5中任一項所述之電子束裝置,其中上述聚光光學系統具有像差修正構件,其將由於上述聚光點調整構件而產生之像差加以修正。     The electron beam device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the condensing optical system has an aberration correction member that corrects aberrations caused by the condensing point adjustment member.     如請求項6所述之電子束裝置,其中上述像差修正構件具有非球面形狀之光學面,其產生彗形像差及像散中之至少一者。     The electron beam device according to claim 6, wherein the aberration correction member has an aspherical optical surface and generates at least one of coma aberration and astigmatism.     如請求項6或7所述之電子束裝置,其中上述像差修正構件具有無焦光學系統,其於將上述照明光學系統之光軸橫切之方向上偏心。     The electron beam device according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the aberration correction member has an afocal optical system that is eccentric in a direction that crosses an optical axis of the illumination optical system.     如請求項1或2所述之電子束裝置,其中上述聚光光學系統具有至少1個光學構件,其以使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同之方式,相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而偏心配置。     The electron beam device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the condensing optical system has at least one optical member, so that the condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam and the light of the second light beam The way in which the light-condensing positions in the axial direction are different is arranged eccentrically with respect to the optical axis of the illumination optical system.     如請求項9所述之電子束裝置,其中上述第1面係以於包含上述照明光學系統之光軸及將上述光軸橫切之方向的第2面中,其法線相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而傾斜之方式來配置,並且上述光學構件偏心配置於上述橫切之方向。     The electron beam device according to claim 9, wherein the first surface is a second surface including an optical axis of the illumination optical system and a direction transverse to the optical axis, and a normal line thereof is relative to the illumination optical system. The optical axis of the system is arranged so that it is inclined, and the optical member is eccentrically arranged in the transverse direction.     如請求項1或2所述之電子束裝置,其中上述第1面係以於包含上述照明光學系統之光軸及將上述光軸橫切之方向的第2面中,其法線相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而傾斜之方式來配置,並且具有並列配置於來自光源之光之光路中之複數個波前分割要素、且將於第 3方向上細長之複數個光源像形成於照明光瞳上之光學積分器的各上述波前分割要素之入射側之面,係以使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同之方式,其中心法線於上述第2面中相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而傾斜。     The electron beam device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first surface is a second surface including an optical axis of the illumination optical system and a direction transverse to the optical axis, and a normal thereof is relative to the above. The illumination optical system is arranged with the optical axis inclined, and has a plurality of wavefront division elements arranged in parallel in the light path of the light from the light source, and a plurality of light source images that are elongated in the third direction are formed on the illumination light. The surface on the entrance side of each of the wavefront division elements of the optical integrator on the pupil is such that the focusing position of the optical axis direction of the first light beam is different from the focusing position of the optical axis direction of the second light beam. In one aspect, the center normal is inclined with respect to the optical axis of the illumination optical system in the second surface.     一種電子束裝置,其係對光電元件照射光,且將從上述光電元件中產生之電子束照射至目標上者,其具備:照明光學系統,其對第1面進行照明;圖案產生器,其具有配置於上述第1面上之複數個反射元件,且利用來自上述照明光學系統之光而產生複數個光束;以及投影光學系統,其將來自上述圖案產生器之上述複數個光束投影至上述光電元件之光電轉換面上;並且上述照明光學系統包含將到達上述第1面上之第1位置之第1光束、及到達上述第1面上之第2位置之第2光束進行聚光之聚光光學系統,對以相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而法線傾斜之方式來配置的上述第1面進行斜入射照明,上述聚光光學系統具有聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同。     An electron beam device that irradiates light to a photoelectric element and irradiates an electron beam generated from the above-mentioned photoelectric element to a target, includes an illumination optical system that illuminates a first surface, and a pattern generator that A plurality of reflecting elements arranged on the first surface and generating a plurality of light beams by using light from the illumination optical system; and a projection optical system that projects the plurality of light beams from the pattern generator onto the photoelectricity The photoelectric conversion surface of the element; and the illumination optical system includes condensing a first light beam reaching a first position on the first surface and a second light beam reaching a second position on the first surface; An optical system performs oblique incident illumination on the first surface arranged so that a normal line is inclined with respect to an optical axis of the illumination optical system, and the condensing optical system includes a condensing point adjustment member that causes the first light beam The light condensing position in the optical axis direction is different from the light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the second light beam.     如請求項1至4及12中任一項所述之電子束裝置,其中上述聚光點調整構件具有楔形稜鏡,其於相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而上述第1面之上述法線傾斜之方向上具有頂角。     The electron beam device according to any one of claims 1 to 4 and 12, wherein the light-condensing point adjustment member has a wedge-shaped ridge, which is the method of the first surface with respect to the optical axis of the illumination optical system. The line has a vertex in the direction in which it is inclined.     一種電子束裝置,其係對光電元件照射光,且將從上述光電元件中產生之電子束照射至目標上者,其具備:照明光學系統,其對第1面進行照明;圖案產生器,其具有配置於上述第1面上之複數個反射元件,且利用來自上述照明光學系統之光而產生複數個光束;以及 投影光學系統,其將來自上述圖案產生器之上述複數個光束投影至上述光電元件之光電轉換面上;並且上述照明光學系統包含聚光光學系統,其使從照明光瞳中沿著第1方向射出之第1光束、及從上述照明光瞳中沿著與上述第1方向不同之第2方向射出之第2光束進行聚光;且上述聚光光學系統具有聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同。     An electron beam device that irradiates light to a photoelectric element and irradiates an electron beam generated from the above-mentioned photoelectric element to a target, includes an illumination optical system that illuminates a first surface, and a pattern generator that A plurality of reflecting elements arranged on the first surface and generating a plurality of light beams by using light from the illumination optical system; and a projection optical system that projects the plurality of light beams from the pattern generator onto the photoelectricity The photoelectric conversion surface of the element; and the illumination optical system includes a condensing optical system that causes the first light beam emitted from the illumination pupil along the first direction, and from the illumination pupil along the first direction. A second light beam emitted from a different second direction is condensed; and the above-mentioned condensing optical system has a condensing point adjustment member that causes the light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam and the light of the second light beam The focusing position in the axial direction is different.     如請求項1至14中任一項所述之電子束裝置,其中上述聚光點調整構件配置於包含上述第1面之空間中。     The electron beam device according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the focusing point adjusting member is disposed in a space including the first surface.     一種電子束裝置,其係對光電元件照射光,且將從上述光電元件中產生之電子束照射至目標上者,其具備:照明光學系統,其對第1面進行照明;圖案產生器,其具有配置於上述第1面上之複數個反射元件,且利用來自上述照明光學系統之光而產生複數個光束;以及投影光學系統,其將來自上述圖案產生器之上述複數個光束投影至上述光電元件之光電轉換面上;並且上述照明光學系統係對以相對於上述投影光學系統之光軸而法線傾斜之方式來配置之上述第1面進行斜入射照明。     An electron beam device that irradiates light to a photoelectric element and irradiates an electron beam generated from the above-mentioned photoelectric element to a target, includes an illumination optical system that illuminates a first surface, and a pattern generator that A plurality of reflecting elements arranged on the first surface and generating a plurality of light beams by using light from the illumination optical system; and a projection optical system that projects the plurality of light beams from the pattern generator onto the photoelectricity The photoelectric conversion surface of the element; and the illumination optical system performs oblique incidence illumination on the first surface arranged so that a normal line is inclined with respect to an optical axis of the projection optical system.     如請求項14至16中任一項所述之電子束裝置,其中上述照明光學系統係對以相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而法線傾斜之方式來配置之上述第1面進行斜入射照明。     The electron beam device according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the illumination optical system is obliquely incident on the first surface arranged so that a normal line is inclined with respect to an optical axis of the illumination optical system. illumination.     如請求項1至17中任一項所述之電子束裝置,其中上述照明光學系統具備:光學積分器,其具有並列配置於來自光源之光之光路中之複數個波前分割要素,且將於第3方向上細長之複數個光源像形成於 照明光瞳上;以及聚光光學系統,其將來自上述複數個光源像之光束聚光於上述第1面上;並且藉由於上述第1面中與上述第3方向正交之第4方向上形成干涉條紋,而將上述於第3方向上細長之矩形狀之照野於上述第4方向上隔開間隔而形成複數個。     The electron beam device according to any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein the illumination optical system includes: an optical integrator having a plurality of wavefront division elements arranged in parallel in a light path of light from a light source, and A plurality of light source images elongated in the third direction are formed on the illumination pupil; and a condensing optical system that focuses light beams from the plurality of light source images on the first surface; and because of the first surface, Among them, interference fringes are formed in a fourth direction orthogonal to the third direction, and a plurality of the rectangular fields of light elongated in the third direction are formed at intervals in the fourth direction.     如請求項1至17中任一項所述之電子束裝置,其中上述照明光學系統具備:繞射光學元件,其將來自光源之光繞射,而射出相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸之角度離散性地不同之複數個光束;以及聚光光學系統,其將來自上述繞射光學元件之上述複數個光束聚光於上述第1面上;並且將於第3方向上細長之矩形狀之照野於上述第1面中與上述第3方向正交之第4方向上隔開間隔而形成複數個。     The electron beam device according to any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein the illumination optical system includes: a diffractive optical element that diffracts light from a light source and emits light relative to an optical axis of the illumination optical system. A plurality of light beams having discretely different angles; and a condensing optical system that condenses the plurality of light beams from the diffractive optical element on the first surface; and a slender rectangular shape in the third direction A plurality of the photofields are formed at intervals in a fourth direction orthogonal to the third direction on the first surface.     如請求項1至19中任一項所述之電子束裝置,其中來自上述圖案產生器之反射光之主光線係於包含上述投影光學系統之光軸之第2面中,相對於上述第1面之法線而傾斜。     The electron beam device according to any one of claims 1 to 19, wherein the main ray of the reflected light from the pattern generator is in a second surface including the optical axis of the projection optical system, with respect to the first surface The normal of the face is inclined.     如請求項20所述之電子束裝置,其中上述第1面及上述光電轉換面係以其法線於上述第2面中相對於上述投影光學系統之光軸而分別傾斜之方式來配置。     The electron beam device according to claim 20, wherein the first surface and the photoelectric conversion surface are arranged so that their normals are inclined on the second surface with respect to the optical axis of the projection optical system.     如請求項21所述之電子束裝置,其中上述投影光學系統關於上述第1面及上述光電轉換面而滿足賽因福祿條件。     The electron beam device according to claim 21, wherein the projection optical system satisfies a condition of Sain Flow with respect to the first surface and the photoelectric conversion surface.     如請求項21或22所述之電子束裝置,其中上述光電轉換面係水平配置,上述投影光學系統之光軸係相對於鉛直方向而傾斜。     The electron beam device according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the photoelectric conversion surface is horizontally arranged, and an optical axis of the projection optical system is inclined with respect to a vertical direction.     如請求項21或22所述之電子束裝置,其中 上述投影光學系統之光軸係於鉛直方向上延伸,上述第1面及上述光電轉換面係相對於水平方向而傾斜。     The electron beam device according to claim 21 or 22, wherein an optical axis of the projection optical system extends in a vertical direction, and the first surface and the photoelectric conversion surface are inclined with respect to a horizontal direction.     如請求項21至24中任一項所述之電子束裝置,其中上述光電轉換面形成於透明基板之出射側之面上,並且上述透明基板之入射側之面係與上述投影光學系統之光軸正交。     The electron beam device according to any one of claims 21 to 24, wherein the photoelectric conversion surface is formed on a surface on the exit side of the transparent substrate, and the surface on the incident side of the transparent substrate is the light from the projection optical system. The axes are orthogonal.     如請求項21至24中任一項所述之電子束裝置,其中上述光電轉換面形成於具有平行平面板之形態的透明基板之出射側之面上,並且於上述透明基板之入射側配置有第2透明基板,上述第2透明基板之入射側之面係與上述投影光學系統之光軸正交,且其出射側之面之法線係相對於上述投影光學系統之光軸而傾斜。     The electron beam device according to any one of claims 21 to 24, wherein the photoelectric conversion surface is formed on a surface on an emission side of a transparent substrate having a form of a parallel plane plate, and is disposed on an incidence side of the transparent substrate. On the second transparent substrate, the surface on the incident side of the second transparent substrate is orthogonal to the optical axis of the projection optical system, and the normal to the surface on the output side is inclined with respect to the optical axis of the projection optical system.     如請求項26所述之電子束裝置,其中具備將從上述光電元件中產生之電子束照射至目標上之電子光學系統,並且上述第2透明基板位於上述電子光學系統之真空空間與外部環境之邊界上。     The electron beam device according to claim 26, further comprising an electron optical system for irradiating an electron beam generated from the photoelectric element onto a target, and the second transparent substrate is located between a vacuum space of the electron optical system and an external environment. On the border.     如請求項25至27中任一項所述之電子束裝置,其中上述投影光學系統具有至少1個非球面形狀之光學面。     The electron beam device according to any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein the projection optical system has at least one aspherical optical surface.     如請求項28所述之電子束裝置,其中上述光電轉換面形成於透明基板之出射側之面上,並且上述至少1個非球面形狀之光學面降低由上述透明基板所產生之像差。     The electron beam device according to claim 28, wherein the photoelectric conversion surface is formed on a surface on the exit side of the transparent substrate, and the at least one aspherical optical surface reduces aberrations generated by the transparent substrate.     如請求項20所述之電子束裝置,其中上述光電轉換面係以與上述投影光學系統之光軸正交之方式來配置,並且上述投影光學系統具有關於上述投影光學系統之光軸而偏心配置之至少1 個光學構件。     The electron beam device according to claim 20, wherein the photoelectric conversion surface is disposed so as to be orthogonal to the optical axis of the projection optical system, and the projection optical system is eccentrically disposed with respect to the optical axis of the projection optical system At least 1 optical component.     如請求項30所述之電子束裝置,其中上述第1面係以其法線於上述第2面中相對於上述投影光學系統之光軸而傾斜之方式來配置,並且上述光學構件相對於上述投影光學系統之光軸而偏心配置。     The electron beam device according to claim 30, wherein the first surface is arranged such that a normal line thereof is inclined with respect to an optical axis of the projection optical system in the second surface, and the optical member is disposed with respect to the above. The optical axis of the projection optical system is eccentrically arranged.     如請求項30或31所述之電子束裝置,其中上述至少1個光學構件之光軸係從上述投影光學系統之光軸上偏心。     The electron beam device according to claim 30 or 31, wherein an optical axis of the at least one optical member is eccentric from an optical axis of the projection optical system.     如請求項30至32中任一項所述之電子束裝置,其中上述至少1個光學構件之光軸係相對於上述投影光學系統之光軸而傾斜。     The electron beam device according to any one of claims 30 to 32, wherein an optical axis of the at least one optical member is inclined with respect to an optical axis of the projection optical system.     如請求項20所述之電子束裝置,其中上述圖案產生器之上述複數個反射元件之法線與上述投影光學系統之光軸平行,且於上述第2面中與上述投影光學系統之光軸分別分離而配置。     The electron beam device according to claim 20, wherein a normal line of the plurality of reflection elements of the pattern generator is parallel to an optical axis of the projection optical system, and is in the second plane to an optical axis of the projection optical system. Configured separately.     如請求項18至34中任一項所述之電子束裝置,其中上述光源具有上述第3方向之長度長於上述第4方向之發光部。     The electron beam device according to any one of claims 18 to 34, wherein the light source has a light-emitting portion whose length in the third direction is longer than that in the fourth direction.     如請求項35所述之電子束裝置,其中上述光源之可干涉性係於上述第4方向高於上述第3方向。     The electron beam device according to claim 35, wherein the interference property of the light source is higher in the fourth direction than in the third direction.     如請求項1至36中任一項所述之電子束裝置,其中具有配置於上述照明光學系統與上述投影光學系統之間的偏向構件。     The electron beam device according to any one of claims 1 to 36, further comprising a deflection member disposed between the illumination optical system and the projection optical system.     如請求項37所述之電子束裝置,其中上述偏向構件配置於上述圖案產生器與上述投影光學系統之間。     The electron beam apparatus according to claim 37, wherein the deflecting member is disposed between the pattern generator and the projection optical system.     如請求項37所述之電子束裝置,其中上述偏向構件具備:第1反射面,其配置於上述照明光學系統與上述圖案產生器之間;以及第2反射面,其配置於上述圖案產生器與上述投影光學系統之間。     The electron beam device according to claim 37, wherein the deflecting member includes: a first reflecting surface arranged between the illumination optical system and the pattern generator; and a second reflecting surface arranged in the pattern generator And the above-mentioned projection optical system.     一種照明光學系統,其係利用來自光源之光對被照射面進行照明者,其包含聚光光學系統,其將從照明光瞳中沿著第1方向射出之第1光束、及從上述照明光瞳中沿著與上述第1方向不同之第2方向射出之第2光束,分別聚光於以相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而法線傾斜之方式來配置的上述被照射面上之第1位置及第2位置上;並且上述聚光光學系統具備聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同。     An illumination optical system for illuminating an illuminated surface with light from a light source. The illumination optical system includes a condensing optical system that emits a first light beam emitted from an illumination pupil in a first direction and the illumination light. The second light flux emitted from the pupil in a second direction different from the first direction is focused on the first surface of the irradiated surface which is arranged so that the normal line is inclined with respect to the optical axis of the illumination optical system. 1st position and 2nd position; and the above-mentioned condensing optical system includes a condensing point adjusting member that condenses the light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam and the light converging position in the optical axis direction of the second light beam different.     一種照明光學系統,其係利用來自光源之光對被照射面進行照明者,其包含聚光光學系統,其將從照明光瞳中射出而到達以相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而法線傾斜之方式來配置的上述被照射面上之第1位置的第1光束、及將從上述照明光瞳中射出而到達上述被照射面上之第2位置的第2光束進行聚光;並且上述聚光光學系統具備聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同。     An illumination optical system for illuminating an illuminated surface with light from a light source. The illumination optical system includes a condensing optical system that is emitted from an illumination pupil to reach a normal line relative to the optical axis of the illumination optical system. The first light beam at the first position on the illuminated surface and the second light beam that is emitted from the illumination pupil and reaches the second position on the illuminated surface are arranged in an inclined manner; and The condensing optical system includes a condensing point adjustment member that makes a light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam different from a light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the second light beam.     一種照明光學系統,其係利用來自光源之光對被照射面進行照明者,其包含聚光光學系統,其將從照明光瞳中沿著第1方向射出之第1光束、及從上述照明光瞳中沿著與上述第1方向不同之第2方向射出之第2光束分別聚光於上述被照射面上之第1位置及第2位置;並且上述聚光光學系統具備聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同。     An illumination optical system for illuminating an illuminated surface with light from a light source. The illumination optical system includes a condensing optical system that emits a first light beam emitted from an illumination pupil in a first direction and the illumination light. A second light beam emitted from the pupil in a second direction different from the first direction is condensed at a first position and a second position on the illuminated surface, respectively; and the condensing optical system includes a condensing point adjustment member, This makes the light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam different from the light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the second light beam.     一種照明光學系統,其係利用來自光源之光對被照射面進行照 明者,其包含聚光光學系統,其將從照明光瞳中射出而到達上述被照射面上之第1位置的第1光束、及從上述照明光瞳中射出而到達上述被照射面上之第2位置的第2光束進行聚光;並且上述聚光光學系統具備聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置、與上述第2光束之上述光軸方向之聚光位置不同。     An illumination optical system for illuminating an irradiated surface with light from a light source. The illuminating optical system includes a condensing optical system that emits a first light beam from an illumination pupil and reaches a first position on the irradiated surface. And condensing a second light beam emitted from the illumination pupil and reaching a second position on the illuminated surface; and the condensing optical system includes a condensing point adjustment member that causes an optical axis of the first light beam The focusing position in the direction is different from the focusing position in the optical axis direction of the second light beam.     如請求項40至43中任一項所述之照明光學系統,其中上述照明光學系統係對以相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而法線傾斜之方式來配置的第1面進行斜入射照明。     The illumination optical system according to any one of claims 40 to 43, wherein the illumination optical system is obliquely incident illumination on a first surface arranged so that a normal line is inclined with respect to an optical axis of the illumination optical system. .     一種照明光學系統,其係利用來自光源之光對被照射面進行照明者,其具備:光學積分器,其具有並列配置於來自上述光源之光之光路中之複數個波前分割要素,且將於第1方向上細長之複數個光源像形成於照明光瞳上;以及聚光光學系統,其將來自上述複數個光源像之光束聚光於上述被照射面上;並且藉由於上述被照射面中與上述第1方向正交之第2方向上形成干涉條紋,而將於上述第1方向上細長之矩形狀之照野於上述第2方向上隔開間隔而形成複數個。     An illumination optical system that illuminates an illuminated surface by using light from a light source. The illumination optical system includes an optical integrator having a plurality of wavefront division elements arranged in parallel in the optical path of the light from the light source. A plurality of light source images elongated in the first direction are formed on the illumination pupil; and a condensing optical system that focuses light beams from the plurality of light source images on the illuminated surface; and because of the illuminated surface, Among them, interference fringes are formed in a second direction orthogonal to the first direction, and a plurality of elongated rectangular shaped fields in the first direction are formed at intervals in the second direction.     如請求項45所述之照明光學系統,其中上述被照射面係以於包含上述照明光學系統之光軸及上述第2方向之既定面中,其法線相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而傾斜之方式來配置;並且上述聚光光學系統將從上述光學積分器中沿著第3方向射出之第1光束、及從上述光學積分器中沿著與上述第3方向不同之第4方向射出之第2光束進行聚光,且具有聚光點調整構件,其使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置與上述 第2光束之光軸方向之聚光位置不同。     The illumination optical system according to claim 45, wherein the irradiated surface is a predetermined plane including the optical axis of the illumination optical system and the second direction, and a normal thereof is relative to the optical axis of the illumination optical system. And the condensing optical system emits a first light beam emitted from the optical integrator in a third direction and a light beam emitted from the optical integrator in a fourth direction different from the third direction. The second light beam is condensed and has a condensing point adjustment member that makes the light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam different from the light converging position in the optical axis direction of the second light beam.     如請求項40至46中任一項所述之照明光學系統,其中來自上述聚光光學系統之上述第1光束以及上述第2光束聚光於上述被照射面上之第1點以及與上述第1點不同之第2點。     The illumination optical system according to any one of claims 40 to 46, wherein the first light beam and the second light beam from the light condensing optical system are condensed at a first point on the irradiated surface and the first point One point is different from the second point.     如請求項40至44及46中任一項所述之照明光學系統,其中上述聚光點調整構件具有與上述被照射面之傾斜相應之楔角之楔形稜鏡。     The illumination optical system according to any one of claims 40 to 44 and 46, wherein the focusing point adjustment member has a wedge-shaped wedge having a wedge angle corresponding to the inclination of the illuminated surface.     如請求項48所述之照明光學系統,其中上述楔形稜鏡使從上述照明光瞳至上述被照射面為止之上述第1光束之光路長度、與從上述照明光瞳至上述被照射面為止之上述第2光束之光路長度一致。     The illumination optical system according to claim 48, wherein the wedge shape makes the optical path length of the first light beam from the illumination pupil to the illuminated surface and the length of the optical path from the illumination pupil to the illuminated surface The optical paths of the second light beams have the same length.     如請求項40至44、46、48及49中任一項所述之照明光學系統,其中上述聚光點調整構件具有段差板,其沿著上述照明光學系統之光軸之厚度於上述第2方向上不同。     The illumination optical system according to any one of claims 40 to 44, 46, 48, and 49, wherein the focusing point adjustment member has a step plate having a thickness along the optical axis of the illumination optical system in the second section. Different directions.     如請求項40至44、46、48至50之任一項所述之照明光學系統,其中上述聚光光學系統具有像差修正構件,其將由於上述聚光點調整構件而產生之像差加以修正。     The illumination optical system according to any one of claims 40 to 44, 46, 48 to 50, wherein the above-mentioned condensing optical system has an aberration correction member that adds aberrations caused by the above-mentioned condensing point adjustment member. Amended.     如請求項51所述之照明光學系統,其中上述像差修正構件具有非球面形狀之光學面,其產生彗形像差及像散中之至少一者。     The illumination optical system according to claim 51, wherein the aberration correction member has an aspherical optical surface and generates at least one of coma aberration and astigmatism.     如請求項51或52所述之照明光學系統,其中上述像差修正構件具有無焦光學系統,其相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而偏心。     The illumination optical system according to claim 51 or 52, wherein the aberration correction member has an afocal optical system that is decentered with respect to an optical axis of the illumination optical system.     如請求項40至44、46、48至53中任一項所述之照明光學系統,其中上述被照射面係以於包含上述照明光學系統之光軸及上述第2方向之既定面中,其法線相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而傾斜之方式來配置;並且上述聚光光學系統將從上述光學積分器中沿著第3方向射出之第1光束、及從上述光學積分器中沿著與上述第3方向不同之第4方向射出之第2光束進行聚光,且具有至少1個光學構件,其以使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置與上述第2光束之光軸方向之聚光位置不同之方式而於上述第2方向上偏心配置。     The illumination optical system according to any one of claims 40 to 44, 46, 48 to 53, wherein the illuminated surface is a predetermined plane including the optical axis of the illumination optical system and the second direction, The normal line is arranged so as to be inclined with respect to the optical axis of the illumination optical system; and the condensing optical system is configured to emit a first light beam emitted from the optical integrator in a third direction and along the optical integrator. Condensing a second light beam emitted in a fourth direction different from the third direction, and having at least one optical member, so that the condensing position in the optical axis direction of the first light beam and the light of the second light beam The arrangement of the light-condensing positions in the axial direction is eccentric in the second direction.     如請求項40至44、46、48至54中任一項所述之照明光學系統,其中上述被照射面係以於包含上述照明光學系統之光軸及上述第2方向之既定面中,其法線相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而傾斜之方式來配置;上述聚光光學系統將從上述光學積分器中沿著第3方向射出之第1光束、及從上述光學積分器中沿著與上述第3方向不同之第4方向射出之第2光束進行聚光;並且上述光學積分器之各波前分割要素之入射側之面係以使上述第1光束之光軸方向之聚光位置與上述第2光束之光軸方向之聚光位置不同之方式,其中心法線於上述既定面中相對於上述照明光學系統之光軸而傾斜。     The illumination optical system according to any one of claims 40 to 44, 46, 48 to 54, wherein the irradiated surface is a predetermined surface including the optical axis of the illumination optical system and the second direction, The normal line is arranged so as to be inclined with respect to the optical axis of the illumination optical system; the condensing optical system is configured to emit a first light beam emitted from the optical integrator in a third direction and along the optical integrator from the optical integrator. The second light beam emitted from the fourth direction different from the third direction is focused; and the surface of the incident side of each wavefront division element of the optical integrator is to condense the position of the first optical beam in the optical axis direction. In a method different from the light condensing position in the optical axis direction of the second light beam, the center normal is inclined with respect to the optical axis of the illumination optical system in the predetermined plane.     一種電子束裝置,其具備:如請求項40至55中任一項所述之照明光學系統;圖案產生器,其具有可各別控制之複數個反射元件;以及投影光學系統,其將配置有上述複數個反射元件之受光面與光電元件之光電轉換面光學性地共軛配置;並且藉由上述照明光學系統而對配置於上述被照射面上之上述受光面進行斜入 射照明,經由上述投影光學系統而將來自上述受光面之光照射至上述光電元件上,將從上述光電元件中產生之電子束照射至目標上。     An electron beam device comprising: the illumination optical system according to any one of claims 40 to 55; a pattern generator having a plurality of reflective elements which can be individually controlled; and a projection optical system which is to be provided with The light-receiving surfaces of the plurality of reflection elements and the photoelectric conversion surfaces of the photoelectric elements are optically conjugated; and the light-receiving surface disposed on the surface to be irradiated is obliquely incident and illuminated by the illumination optical system, and the projection is performed through the projection. The optical system irradiates light from the light receiving surface to the photoelectric element, and irradiates an electron beam generated from the photoelectric element to a target.     一種元件製造方法,其係包含微影步驟者,其包括:上述微影步驟於目標上形成線與空間圖案;以及使用如請求項1至39及56中任一項所述之電子束裝置,將構成上述線與空間圖案之線圖案切斷。     A component manufacturing method comprising a lithography step, comprising: forming a line and space pattern on a target by the lithography step; and using an electron beam device according to any one of claims 1 to 39 and 56, The line pattern constituting the line and the space pattern is cut.    
TW107133978A 2017-09-29 2018-09-27 Electron beam device, illumination optical system, and method for manufacturing device TW201929028A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2017/035522 WO2019064503A1 (en) 2017-09-29 2017-09-29 Electron beam device, illumination optical system, and method for manufacturing device
??PCT/JP2017/035522 2017-09-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201929028A true TW201929028A (en) 2019-07-16

Family

ID=65901654

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW107133978A TW201929028A (en) 2017-09-29 2018-09-27 Electron beam device, illumination optical system, and method for manufacturing device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW201929028A (en)
WO (1) WO2019064503A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2023509397A (en) 2020-01-06 2023-03-08 エーエスエムエル ネザーランズ ビー.ブイ. Charged particle evaluation tool, inspection method
US11257657B2 (en) * 2020-02-18 2022-02-22 ICT Integrated Circuit Testing Gesellschaft für Halbleiterprüftechnik mbH Charged particle beam device with interferometer for height measurement

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7829863B2 (en) * 2005-05-17 2010-11-09 Kyoto University Electron beam irradiation device
JP5360529B2 (en) * 2008-07-01 2013-12-04 株式会社ニコン Projection optical system, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
WO2010024106A1 (en) * 2008-08-28 2010-03-04 株式会社ニコン Illumination optical system, aligner, and process for fabricating device
EP2876499B1 (en) * 2013-11-22 2017-05-24 Carl Zeiss SMT GmbH Illumination system of a microlithographic projection exposure apparatus
JP6593678B2 (en) * 2015-03-30 2019-10-23 株式会社ニコン Illumination optical system, illumination method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2019064503A1 (en) 2019-04-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6525045B2 (en) Illumination optical apparatus, exposure apparatus and method of manufacturing device
JP5287114B2 (en) Illumination optical system, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
JP7040878B2 (en) Charged particle lithography system with alignment sensor and beam measurement sensor
KR20100099152A (en) Illumination optical device and exposure device
TW201929028A (en) Electron beam device, illumination optical system, and method for manufacturing device
WO2018155537A1 (en) Electron beam apparatus and exposure method, and device production method
TW201923479A (en) Electron beam device and device manufacturing method
WO2018155545A1 (en) Electron beam apparatus and exposure method, and device production method
WO2018155539A1 (en) Electron beam apparatus and device production method, and photoelectric element holding container
TW201921405A (en) Electron beam apparatus and device manufacturing method
KR20240001716A (en) Method and system for producing microstructural components
WO2013111499A1 (en) Exposure optical system, exposure apparatus, and exposure method
TW201921411A (en) Electron beam apparatus and device manufacturing method
TW201923830A (en) Electron beam apparatus and device manufacturing method
TW201921404A (en) Electron beam apparatus and device manufacturing method
WO2018155538A1 (en) Electron beam apparatus and exposure method, and device production method
WO2018155543A1 (en) Electronic beam apparatus and device production method
WO2018155542A1 (en) Electron beam apparatus and exposure method, and device production method
WO2018155540A1 (en) Electron beam apparatus and exposure method, and device production method
WO2019064508A1 (en) Electron beam apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
WO2019064507A1 (en) Electron beam apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
JP4721393B2 (en) Near-field exposure method
TW201923480A (en) Electron beam apparatus and device manufacturing method
KR101899781B1 (en) Exposure apparatus
TW201933410A (en) Photoelectric element, electron beam apparatus and device manufacturing method